Printed edition: Ācārya 1931: Sūtrasthāna 1-31

Published in 2013-2016 by in .

Suśrutasaṃhitā (without commentaries) transcribed by Tsutomu Yamashita and Yasutaka Muroya on the basis of Y. T. Ācārya's 1931 and 1938 Bombay editions. The Suśrutasaṃhitā of Suśruta, with the Nibandhsangraha Commentary of Śrī Ḍalhaṇācārya. Yādavaśarman Trivikramātmaja Ācārya Pāndurang Jāvaji Bombay 1931 Revised second edition The sūtrasthāna (SS.1) and śārīrasthāna (SS.3) of this SARIT edition are mainly based on this edition. For sūtrasthāna 13 (leeches), the text of the 1938 vulgate is used in this file. This SARIT edition omits the commentarial material from this edition. Suśrutasamhitā of Suśruta with the Nibandhasaṅgraha Commentary of Śrī Ḍalhanāchārya and the Nyāyacandrikā Pañjikā of Śrī Gayadāsāchārya on Nidānasthāna, edited from the begining to the 9th ādhyāya of Cikitsāsthāna by Vaidya Jādavji Trikamji Āchārya and the rest by Nārāyaṇ Rām Āchārya Yādavaśarman Trivikramātmaja Ācāryā Nārāyaṇ Rām Āchārya Nirṇaya Sāgar Press Bombay 1938 Revised third edition Reprint edition Varanasi/Delhi: Chaukhambha Orientalia, 1992. The nidānasthāna (SS.2), cikitsāsthāna (SS.4) , kalpasthāna (SS.5) and uttaratantra (SS.6) are based on this edition. This SARIT edition omits the commentarial material from this edition.

Siglum: A1931

More ▾

A1931

[Sūtrasthāna 1-31]

1931 ed. 1.1.1
athāto vedotpattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||1||

1931 ed. 1.1.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ||2||

1931 ed. 1.1.3
atha khalu bhagavantam amaravaram ṛṣigaṇaparivṛtam āśramasthaṃ kāśirājaṃ divodāsaṃ dhanvantarim aupadhenava vaitaraṇaurabhra pauṣkalāvata -karavīrya gopurarakṣita suśruta prabhṛtaya ūcuḥ ||3|| karavīra

1931 ed. 1.1.4
bhagavan śārīramānasāgantuvyādhibhir vividhavedanābhighātopadrutān sanāthān apy anāthavad viceṣṭamānān vikrośataś ca mānavān abhisamīkṣya manasi naḥ pīḍā bhavati

1931 ed. 1.1.4b
teṣāṃ sukhaiṣiṇāṃ rogopaśamārtham ātmanaś ca prāṇayātrārthaṃ prajāhitahetor āyurvedaṃ śrotum icchāma ihopadiśyamānaṃ atrāyattam aihikam āmuṣmikaṃ ca śreyaḥ tad bhagavantam upapannāḥ smaḥ śiṣyatveneti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.5
tān uvāca bhagavān svāgataṃ vaḥ sarva evāmīmāṃsyā adhyāpyāś ca bhavanto vatsāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.6
iha khalv āyurvedaṃ nāmopāṅgam atharvavedasyānutpādyaiva prajāḥ ślokaśatasahasram adhyāyasahasraṃ ca kṛtavān svayambhūḥ tato 'lpāyuṣṭvam alpamedhastvaṃ cālokya narāṇāṃ bhūyo 'ṣṭadhā praṇītavān ||

1931 ed. 1.1.7
tad yathā śalyaṃ śālākyaṃ kāyacikitsā bhūtavidyā kaumārabhṛtyaṃ agadatantraṃ rasāyanatantraṃ vājīkaraṇatantram iti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.8.1
athāsya pratyaṅgalakṣaṇasamāsaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.1.8.1a
tatra śalyaṃ nāma vividhatṛṇakāṣṭhapāṣāṇapāṃśulohaloṣṭāsthibālanakhapūyāsrāvaduṣṭavraṇāntargarbhaśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ yantraśastrakṣārāgnipraṇidhānavraṇaviniścayārthaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.1.8.2
śālākyaṃ nāmordhvajatrugatānāṃ śravaṇanayanavadanaghrāṇādisaṃśritānāṃ vyādhīnām upaśamanārtham ||

1931 ed. 1.1.8.3
kāyacikītsā nāma sarvāṅgasaṃśritānāṃ vyādhīnāṃ jvararaktapittaśoṣonmādāpasmārakuṣṭhamehātisārādīnām upaśamanārtham ||

1931 ed. 1.1.8.4
bhūtavidyā nāma devāsuragandharvayakṣarakṣaḥpitṛpiśācanāgagrahādyupasṛṣṭacetasāṃ śāntikarmabaloharaṇādigrahopaśamanārtham ||

1931 ed. 1.1.8.5
kaumārabhṛtyaṃ nāma kumārabharaṇadhātrīkṣīradoṣasaṃśodhanārthaṃ duṣṭastanyagrahasamutthānāṃ ca vyādhīnām upaśamanārtham ||

1931 ed. 1.1.8.6
agadatantraṃ nāma sarpakīṭalūtāmūśikādidaṣṭaviṣavyañjanārthaṃ vividhaviṣasaṃyogopaśamanārthaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.1.8.7
rasāyanatantraṃ nāma vayaḥsthāpanam āyurmedhābalakaraṃ rogāpaharaṇasamarthaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.1.8.8
vājīkaraṇatantraṃ nāmālpaduṣṭakṣīṇaviśuṣkaretasām āpyāyanaprasādopacayajanananimittaṃ praharṣajananārthaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.1.9
evam ayam āyurvedo 'ṣṭāṅga upadiśyate atra kasmai kim ucyatām iti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.10
ta ūcuḥ asmākaṃ sarveṣām eva śalyajñānaṃ mūlaṃ kṛtvopadiśatu bhagavān iti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.11
sa uvācaivam astv iti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.12
ta ūcur bhūyo 'pi bhagavantam asmākam ekamatīnāṃ matam abhisamīkṣya suśruto bhagavantaṃ prakṣyati asmai copadiśyamānaṃ vayam apy upadhārayiṣyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.13
sa hovācaivam astv iti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.14-16
vatsa suśruta iha khalv āyurvedaprayojanaṃ vyādhyupasṛṣṭānāṃ vyādhiparimokṣaḥ svasthasya rakṣaṇaṃ ca || āyur asmin vidyate 'nena vā+āyur vindatīty āyurvedaḥ || tasyāṅgavaram ādyaṃ pratyakṣāgamānumānopamānair aviruddham ucyamānam upadharaya ||

1931 ed. 1.1.17.adda
etad dhy aṅgaṃ prathamaṃ prāg abhighātavraṇasaṃrohāt yajñaśiraḥsandhānāc ca | śrūyate hi yathā rudreṇa yajñasya śiraś chinnam iti

1931 ed. 1.1.17b
tato devā aśvināv abhigamyocuḥ bhagavantau naḥ śreṣṭhatamau yuvāṃ bhaviṣyathaḥ bhavadbhyāṃ yajñasya śiraḥ sandhātavyam iti | tāv ūcatur evam astv iti | atha tayor arthe devā indraṃ yajñabhagena prāsādayan | tābhyāṃ yajñasya śiraḥ saṃhitam iti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.18
aṣṭāsv api cāyurvedatantreṣv etad evādhikam abhimataṃ āmāśu kriyākaraṇād yantraśastrakṣārāgnipraṇidhānāt sarvatantrasāmānyāc ca ||

1931 ed. 1.1.19
tad idaṃ śāśvataṃ puṇyaṃ svargyaṃ yaśasyamāyuṣyaṃ vṛttikaraṃ ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.20
brahmā provāca tataḥ prajāpatir adhijage tasmād aśvinau aśvibhyām indraḥ indrād aḥaṃ mayā tv iha pradeyam arthibhyaḥ prajāhitahetoḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.21
bhavati cātra | ahaṃ hi dhanvantarir ādidevo jarārujāmṛtyuharo 'marāṇām |
śalyāṅgam aṅgair aparair upetaṃ prāpto 'smi gāṃ bhūya ihopadeṣṭum ||

1931 ed. 1.1.22
asmin śāstre pañcamahābhūtaśarīrisamavāyaḥ puruṣa ity ucyate | tasmin kriyā so 'dhiṣṭhānaṃ kasmāt lokasya dvaividhyāt loko hi dvividhaḥ sthāvaro jaṅgamaś ca dvividhātmaka evāgneyaḥ saumyaś ca tadbhūyastvāt pañcātmako vā tatra caturvidho bhūtagrāmaḥ saṃsvedajarāyujāṇḍajodbhijjasaṃjñaḥ tatra puruṣaḥ pradhānaṃ tasyopakaraṇam anyat tasmāt puruṣo 'dhiṣṭhānam ||

1931 ed. 1.1.23
tad duḥkhasaṃyogā vyādhaya ucyante ||

1931 ed. 1.1.24
te caturvidhāḥ āgantavaḥ śārīrāḥ mānasāḥ svābhāvikāś ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.25.1
teṣām āgantavo 'bhighātanimittāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.25.2
śārīrās tv annapānamūlā vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātavaiṣamyanimittāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.25.3
mānasās tu krodhaśokabhayaharṣaviṣāderṣyābhyasūyādainyamātsaryakāmalobhaprabhṛtaya icchādveṣabhedair bhavanti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.25.4
svābhāvikās tu kṣutpipāsājarāmṛtyunidrāprakṛtayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.26
ta ete manaḥśarīrādhiṣṭhānāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.27
teṣāṃ saṃśodhanasaṃśamanāhārācārāḥ samyak prayuktā nigrahahetavaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.28
prāṇināṃ punar mūlam āhāro balavarṇaujasāṃ ca sa ṣaṭsu raseṣv āyattaḥ rasāḥ punar dravyāśrayāḥ dravyāṇi punar oṣadhayaḥ | tās tu dvividhāḥ sthāvarā jaṅgamāś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.1.29
tāsāṃ sthāvarāś caturvidhāḥ vanaspatayo vṛkṣā vīrudha oṣadhaya iti | tāsu apuṣpāḥ phalavanto vanaspatayaḥ puṣpaphalavanto vṛkṣāḥ pratānavatyaḥ stambinyaś ca vīrudhaḥ phalapākaniṣṭhā oṣadhaya iti ||

1931 ed. 1.1.30
jaṅgamāḥ khalv api caturvidhāḥ jarāyujāṇḍajasvedajodbhijjāḥ | tatra paśumanuṣyavyālādayo jarāyujāḥ khagasarpasarīsṛpaprabhṛtayo 'ṇḍajāḥ kṛmi kīṭa pipīlikā prabhṛtayaḥ svedajāḥ indragopamaṇḍūkaprabhṛtaya udbhijjāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.31
tatra sthāvarebhyas tvakpatrapuṣpaphalamūlakandaniryāsasvarasādayaḥ prayojanavantaḥ jaṅgamebhyaś carmanakharomarudhirādayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.32
pārthivāḥ suvarṇarajatamaṇimuktāmanaḥśilāmṛtkapālādayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.33
kālakṛtāḥ pravātanivātātapacchāyājyotsnātamaḥśītoṣṇavarṣāhorātrapakṣamāsartvayanādayaḥ saṃvatsaraviśeṣāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.34
ta ete svabhāvata eva doṣāṇāṃ sañcayaprakopapraśamapratīkārahetavaḥ prayojanavantaś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.1.35
bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ
śārīrāṇāṃ vikārāṇām eṣa vargaś caturvidhaḥ |
prakope praśame caiva hetur uktaś cikitsakaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.36
āgantavas tu ye rogās te dvidhā nipatanti hi |
manasy anye śarīre 'nye teṣāṃ tu dvividhā kriyā ||

1931 ed. 1.1.37
śarīrapatitānāṃ tu śārīravad upakramaḥ |
mānasānāṃ tu śabdādir iṣṭo vargaḥ sukhāvahaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.38
evam etat puruṣo vyādhir auṣadhaṃ kriyā kāla iti catuṣṭayaṃ samāsena vyākhyātam | tatra puruṣagrahaṇāt tatsaṃbhavadravyasamūho bhūtādir uktas tadaṅgapratyaṅgavikalpāś ca tvaṅmāṃsāsthisirāsnāyuprabhṛtayaḥ vyādhigrahaṇād vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātavaiṣamyanimittāḥ sarva eva vyādhayo vyākhyātāḥ oṣadhagrahaṇād dravyarasaguṇavīryavipākānām ādeśaḥ kriyāgrahaṇāc chedyādīni snehādīni ca karmāṇi vyākhyātāni kālagrahaṇāt sarvakriyākālānām ādeśaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.39
bhavati cātra |
bījaṃ cikitsitasyaitat samāsena prakīrtitam |
saviṃśam adhyāyaśatam asya vyākhyā bhaviṣyati ||

1931 ed. 1.1.40
tac ca saviṃśam adhyāyaśataṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu sūtranidānaśārīracikitsitakalpeṣv arthavaśāt saṃvibhajya uttare tantre śeṣān arthān vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.1.41
bhavati cātra |
svayambhuvā proktam idaṃ sanātanaṃ
paṭhed dhi yaḥ kāśipatiprakāśitam |
sa puṇyakarmā bhuvi pūjito nṛpair
asukṣaye śakrasalokatāṃ vrajet ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vedotpattir nāma prathamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

[dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ|]

1931 ed. 1.2.1
athātaḥ śiṣyopanayanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.2.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.2.3
brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānām anyatamam anvaya vayaḥśīla śaurya śaucācāra vinaya śakti bala medhā dhṛti smṛti mati pratipattiyuktaṃ tanu jihvauṣṭha dantāgram ṛjuvaktrākṣināsaṃ prasannacittavākceṣṭaṃ kleśasahaṃ ca bhiṣak śiṣyam upanayet ato viparītaguṇaṃ nopanayet ||

1931 ed. 1.2.4
upanayanīyaṃ tu brāhmaṇaṃ praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu praśastāyāṃ diśi śucau same deśe caturhastaṃ caturasraṃ sthaṇḍilam upalipya gomayena darbhaiḥ saṃstīrya puṣpair lājabhaktai ratnaiś ca devatāḥ pūjayitvā viprān bhiṣajaś ca tatrollikhyābhyukṣya ca dakṣiṇato brahmāṇaṃ sthāpayitvā'gnim upasamādhāya khadirapalāśadevadārubilvānāṃ samidbhiś caturṇāṃ vā kṣīravṛkṣāṇāṃ (? nyagrodhodumbarāśvatthamadhūkānāṃ ) dadhimadhughṛtāktābhir dārvīhaumikena vidhinā sruveṇājyāhutīr juhuyāt sapraṇavābhir mahāvyahṛtibhiḥ tataḥ pratidaivatamṛṣīṃś ca svāhākāraṃ kuryāt śiṣyam api kārayet ||

1931 ed. 1.2.5
brāhmaṇas trayāṇāṃ varṇānām upanayanaṃ kartum arhati rājanyo dvayasya vaiśyo vaiśyasyaiveti śūdram api kulaguṇasaṃpannaṃ mantravarjam anupanītam adhyāpayed ity eke ||

1931 ed. 1.2.6
tato 'gniṃ triḥ pariṇīyāgnisākṣikaṃ śiṣyaṃ brūyāt kāmakrodhalobhamohamānāhaṇkārerṣyāpāruṣyapaiśunyānṛtālasyāyaśasyāni hitvā nīcanakharomṇā śucinā kaṣāyavāsasā satyavratabrahmacaryābhivādanatatpareṇāvaśyaṃ bhavitavyaṃ madanumatasthānagamanaśayanāsanabhojanādhyayanapareṇa bhūtvā matpriyahiteṣu vartitavyaṃ ato 'nyathā te vartamānasyādharmo bhavati aphalā ca vidyā na ca prākāśyaṃ prāpnoti ||

1931 ed. 1.2.7
ahaṃ vā tvayi samyagvartamāne yady anyathādarśī syām enobhāg bhaveyam aphalavidyaś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.2.8
dvijagurudaridramitrapravrajitopanatasādhvanāthābhyupagatānāṃ cātmabāndhavānām iva svabhaiṣajaiḥ pratikartavyam evaṃ sādhu bhavati vyādhaśākunikapatitapāpakāriṇāṃ ca na pratikartavyaṃ evaṃ vidyā prakāśate mitra yaśo dharmārtha kāmāṃś ca prāpnoti ||

1931 ed. 1.2.9
bhavataś cātra | kṛṣṇe 'ṣṭamī tannidhane 'hanī dve
śukle tathāpy evam ahar dvisandhyam |
akālavidyutstanayitnughoṣe
svatantrarāṣṭrakṣitipavyathāsu ||

1931 ed. 1.2.10
śmaśānayānādyatanāhaveṣu
mahotsavautpātikadarśaneṣu |
nādhyeyam anyeṣu ca yeṣu vaprā
nādhīyate nāśucinā ca nityam ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śiṣyopanayanīyo nāma dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.3.1
athāto 'dhyayanasaṃpradānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.3
prāgabhihitaṃ saviṃśam adhyāyaśataṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu | tatra sūtrasthānamadhyāyāḥ ṣaṭcatvāriṃśat ṣoḍśa nidānāni daśa śārīrāṇi catvāriṃśaccikitsitāni aṣṭau kalpāḥ taduttaraṃ ṣaṭsāṣṭiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.4
vedotpattiḥ śiṣyanayas tathā'dhyayanadānikaḥ |
prabhāṣaṇāgraharaṇāvṛtucaryātha yāntrikaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.5
śastrāvacāaraṇaṃ yogyā viśikhā kṣārakalpanam |
agnikarmajalaukākhyāvadhyāyau raktavarṇanam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.6
doṣadhātumalādyānāṃ vijñānādhyāya eva ca |
karṇavyadhāmapakvaiṣāvālepo vraṇyupāsanam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.7
hitāhito vraṇapraśno vraṇāsrāvaś ca yaḥ pṛthak |
kṛtyākṛtyavidhirvyādhisamuddeśīya eva ca ||

1931 ed. 1.3.8
viniścayaḥ śastravidhau pranaṣṭajñānikas tathā |
śalyoddhṛtirvraṇajñānaṃ dūtasvapnanidarśanam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.9
pañcendriyaṃ tathā chāyā svabhāvādvaikṛtaṃ tathā |
vāraṇo yuktasenīya āturakramabhūnikau ||

1931 ed. 1.3.10
miśrakākhyo dravyagaṇaḥ saṃśuddhau śamane ca yaḥ |
dravyādīnāṃ ca vijñānaṃ viśeṣo dravyago 'paraḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.11
rasajñānaṃ vamanārthamadhyāyo recanāya ca |
dravaddravyavidhistadvadannapānavidhis tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.3.12
sūcanāt sūtraṇāccaiva savanāccārthasantateḥ |
ṣaṭcatvāriṃśadadhyāyaṃ sūtrasthānaṃ pracakṣate ||

1931 ed. 1.3.13
vātavyādhikamarśāṃsi sāśmariś ca bhagandaraḥ |
kuṣṭhamehodarā mūḍho vidradhiḥ parisarpaṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.14
granthivṛddhikṣudraśūkabhaknāś ca mukharogikam |
hetulakṣaṇanirdeśānnidānānīti ṣoḍaśa ||

1931 ed. 1.3.15
bhūtacintā rajaḥśuddhirgarbhāvakrāntireva ca |
vyākaraṇaṃ ca garbhasya śarīrasya ca yatsmṛtam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.16
pratyekaṃ marmanirdeśaḥ sirāvarṇanam eva ca |
sirāvyadho dhamanīnāṃ garbhiṇyā vyākṛtis tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.3.17
nirdiṣṭāni daśaitāni śārīrāṇi maharṣiṇā |
vijñānārthaṃ śarīrasya bhiṣajāṃ yoginām api ||

1931 ed. 1.3.18
dvivraṇīyo vraṇaḥ sadyo bhagnānāṃ vātarogikam |
mahāvātikamarśāṃsi sāśmariś ca bhagandaraḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.19
kuṣṭhānāṃ mahatāṃ cāpi maihikaṃ paiḍakaṃ tathā |
makhumehacikitsā ca tathā codariṇām api ||

1931 ed. 1.3.20
mūḍhagarbhacikitsā ca vidradhīnāṃ visarpiṇām |
granthivṛddhyupadaṃśānāṃ tathā ca kṣudrarogikam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.21
śūkadoṣacikitsā ca tathā ca mukharogiṇām |
śophasyānāgatānāṃ ca niṣedho miśrakaṃ tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.3.22
vājīkaraṃ ca yat kṣīṇe sarvābādhaśamo 'pi ca |
medhāyuṣkaraṇaṃ cāpi svabhāvavyādhivāraṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.23
nivṛttasaṃtāpakaraṃ kīrtitaṃ ca rasāyanam |
snehopayaugikaḥ svedo vamane ca virecane ||

1931 ed. 1.3.24
tayor vyāpaccikitsā ca netrabastivibhāgikaḥ |
netrabastivipatsiddhis tathā cottarabastikaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.25
nirūhakramasaṃjñaś ca tathaivāturasaṃjñakaḥ |
dhūmanasyavidhiś cāntyaś catvāriṃśad iti smṛtāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.26
prāyaścittaṃ praśamanaṃ cikitsā śāntikarma ca |
paryāyāstasya nirdeśāccikitsāsthānamucyate ||

1931 ed. 1.3.27
annasya rakṣā vijñānaṃ sthāvarasyetarasya ca |
sarpadaṣṭaviṣajñānaṃ tasyaiva ca cikitsitam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.28
dundubher mūṣikāṇāṃ ca kīṭānāṃ kalpa eva ca |
aṣṭau kalpāḥ samākhyātā viṣabheṣajakalpanāt ||

1931 ed. 1.3.29
adhyāyānāṃ śataṃ viṃśamevam etad udīritam |
ataḥ paraṃ svanāmnaiva tantramuttaramucyate ||

1931 ed. 1.3.30
adhikṛtya kṛtaṃ yasmāttantram etad upadravān |
opadravika ity eṣa tasyāgryatvān nirucyate ||

1931 ed. 1.3.31
sandhau vartmani śukle ca kṛṣṇe sarvatra dṛṣṭiṣu |
saṃvijñānārthamadhyāyā gadānāṃ tu prati prati ||

1931 ed. 1.3.32
cikitsāpravibhāgīyo vātābhiṣyandavāraṇaḥ |
paittasya ślaiṣmikasyāpi raudhirasya tathaiva ca |

1931 ed. 1.3.33
lekhyabhedyaniṣedhau ca chedyānāṃ vartmadṛṣṭiṣu |
kriyākalpo 'bhighātaś ca karṇotthāstaccikitsitam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.34
ghrāṇotthānāṃ ca vijñānaṃ tadgadapratiṣedhanam |
pratiśyāyaniṣedhaś ca śirogadavivecanam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.35
cikitsā tadgadānāṃ ca śālākyaṃ tantramucyate |
navagrahākṛtijñānaṃ skandasya ca niṣedhanam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.36
apasmāraśakunyoś ca revatyāś ca punaḥ pṛthak |
pūtanāyās tathā'ndhāyā maṇḍikā śītapūtanā ||

1931 ed. 1.3.37
naigameśacikitsā ca grahotpattiḥ sayonijā |
kaumāratantram ity etac chārīreṣu ca kīrtitam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.38
jvarātisāraśoṣāṇāṃ gulmahṛdrogiṇām api |
pāṇḍūnāṃ raktapittasya mūrcchāyāḥ pānajāś ca ye ||

1931 ed. 1.3.39
tṛṣṇāyāś chardihikkānāṃ niṣedhaḥ śvāsakāsayoḥ |
svarabhedacikitsā ca kṛmyudāvartinoḥ prthak ||

1931 ed. 1.3.40
visūcikārocakayor mūtrāghātavikṛcchrayoḥ |
iti kāyacikitsāyāḥ śeṣam atra prakīrtitam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.41
amānuṣaniṣedhaś ca tathā+āpasmāriko 'paraḥ |
unmādapratiṣedhaś ca bhūtavidyā nirucyate ||

1931 ed. 1.3.42
rasabhedāḥ svasthavṛttiryuktayastāntrikāś ca yāḥ |
doṣabhedā iti jñeyā adhyāyāstantrabhūṣaṇāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.43
śreṣṭhatvād uttaraṃ hy etat tantram āhur maharṣayaḥ |
bahvarthasaṃgrahāc chreṣṭham uttaraṃ cāpi paścimam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.44
śālākyatantraṃ kaumāraṃ cikitsā kāyikī ca yā |
bhūtavidyeti catvāri tantre tūttarasaṃjñite ||

1931 ed. 1.3.45
vājīkaraṃ cakitsāsu rasāyanavidhis tathā |
viṣatantraṃ punaḥ kalpāḥ śalyajñānaṃ samantataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.46
ity aṣṭāṅgam idaṃ tantram ādidevaprakāśitam |
vidhinā'dhītya yuñjānā bhavanti prāṇadā bhuvi ||

1931 ed. 1.3.47
etad dhy avaśyam adhyeyaṃ adhītya ca karmāpy avaśyam upāsitavyaṃ ubhayajño hi bhiṣak rājārho bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.3.48
bhavanti cātra |
yas tu kevalaśāstrajñaḥ karmasva pariniṣṭhitaḥ |
sa muhyaty āturaṃ prāpya prāpya bhīrur ivāhavam ||

1931 ed. 1.3.49
yas tu karmasu niṣṇāto dhārṣṭyāc chāstrabahiṣkṛtaḥ |
sa satsu pūjāṃ nāpnoti vadhaṃ cārhati rājataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.50
ubhāv etāv anipuṇāv asamarthau svakarmaṇi |
ardhavedadharāv etāv ekapakṣāv iva dvijau ||

1931 ed. 1.3.51
oṣadhyo 'mṛtakalpās tu śastrāśaniviṣopamāḥ |
bhavanty ajñair upahṛtās tasmād etān vivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.3.52
snehādiṣv anabhijñā ye chedyādiṣu ca karmasu |
te nihanti janaṃ lobhāt kuvaidyā nṛpadoṣataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.53
yas tūbhayajño matimān sa samartho 'rthasādhane |
āhave karma nirvoḍhuṃ dvicakraḥ syandano yathā ||

1931 ed. 1.3.54
atha vatsa tad etad adhyeyaṃ tathā tathopadhāraya mayā procyamānaṃ atha śucaye kṛtottarāsaṅgāyāvyākulayopasthitāyādhyayanakāle śiṣyāya yathāśakti gurur upadiśet padaṃ pādaṃ ślokaṃ vā te ca padapādaślokābhūyaḥ krameṇānusaṃdheyāḥ evam ekaikaśo ghaṭayed ātmanā cānupaṭhet adrutam avilambitam aviśaṇkitam ananunāsikaṃ vyaktākṣram apīḍitavarṇam akṣibhruvauṣṭhahastair anabhinītaṃ susaṃskṛtaṃ nātyuccair nātinīcaiś ca svaraiḥ paṭhet | na cāntareṇa kaścid vrajet tayor adhīyānayoḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.3.55
bhavataś cātra |
śucir guruparo dakṣas tandrānidrāvivarjitaḥ |
paṭhann etena vidhinā śiṣyaḥ śāstrāntam āpnuyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.3.56
vāksauṣṭhave 'rthavijñāne prāgalbhye karmanaipuṇe |
tadabhyāse ca siddhau ca yatetādhyayanāntagaḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāhaṃ sūtrasthāne 'dhyayanasaṃpradānīyo nāma tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

caturtho 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.4.1
athātaḥ prabhāṣaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.4.2
yāthovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.4.3
adhigatam apy adhyayanam aprabhāṣitam arthataḥ kharasya candanabhāra iva kevalaṃ pariśramakaraṃ bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.4.4
bhavati cātra |
yathā kharaś candanabhāravāhī bhārasya vettā na tu candanasya |
evaṃ hi śāstrāṇi baḥūny adhītya cārtheṣu mūḍhāḥ kharavad vahanti ||

1931 ed. 1.4.5
tasmāt saviṃśam adhyāyaśatam anupadapādaślokam anuvarṇayitavyam anuśrotavyaṃ ca kasmāt sūkṣmā hi dravyarasaguṇavīryavipākadoṣadhātumalāśayamarmasirāsnāyusandhyasthigarbhasaṃbhavadravyasamūhavibhāgās tathā pranaṣṭaśalyoddharaṇavraṇaviniścayabhagnavikalpāḥ sādhyayāpy apratyākhyeyatā ca vikārāṇām evam ādayaś cānye sahasraśo viśeṣā ye vicintyamānā vimalavipulabuddher api buddhim ākulīkuryuḥ kiṃ punar alpabuddheḥ tasmād avaśyam anupadapādaślokam anuvarṇayitavyam anuśrotavyaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.4.6
anyaśāstropapannānāṃ cārthānām ihopanītānām arthavaśāt teṣāṃ tad vidyebhya eva vyākhyānam anuśrotavyaṃ kasmāt na hy ekasmin śāstre śakyaḥ sarvaśāstrāṇām avarodhaḥ kartum ||

1931 ed. 1.4.7
bhavanti cātra |
ekaṃ śāstram adhīyāno na vidyāc chāstraniścayam |
tasmād bahuśrutaḥ śāstraṃ vijānīyāc cikitsakaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.4.8
śāstraṃ gurumukhodgīrṇam ādāyopāsya cāsakṛt |
yaḥ karma kurute vaiyaḥ sa vaidyo 'nye tu taskarāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.4.9
aupadhenavam aurabhraṃ sauśrutaṃ pauṣkalāvatam |
śeṣāṇāṃ śalyatantrāṇāṃ mūlāny etāni nirdiśet ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne prabhāṣanīyo nāma caturtho 'dhyāyaḥ ||

pañcamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.5.1
athāto 'gropaharaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.5.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.5.3
trividhaṃ karma pūrvakarma pradhānakarma paścātkarmeti tadvyādhīṃ prati pratyupadekṣyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.5.4
asmin śāstre śāstrakarmaprākhānyācchastrakarmaiva tāvat pūrvam upadekṣyāmastatsambhārāṃś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.5.5
tac ca śastrakarmā'ṣṭavidhaṃ tad yathā chedyaṃ bhedyaṃ lekhyaṃ vedhyaṃ eṣyaṃ āhāryaṃ visrāvyaṃ sīvyam iti ||

1931 ed. 1.5.6
ato 'nyataṃ karma cikīrśatā vaidyena pūrvamevopakalpayitavyāni yantraśastrakṣārāgniśalākāśṛṅgajalaukālābūjāmbavauṣṭhapicuprotasūtrapatrapaṭṭamadhughṛtavasāpayastailatarpaṇakaṣāyālepanakalkavyajanaśītoṣṇodakakaṭāhādīni parikarmiṇaś ca snigdhāḥ sthirā balavantaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.5.7
tataḥ praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu dadhyakṣatānnapānaratnair agniṃ viprān miṣajaś cārcayitvā kṛtabalimaṅgalasvastivācanaṃ laghubhuktavantaṃ prāṅnukhamāturam upaveśya yantrayitvā pratyṅnukho vaidyo marmasirāsnāyusandhyasthidhamanīḥ pariharan anulomaṃ śastraṃ nidadhyādāpūyadarśanāt sakṛdevāpaharecchastramāśu ca mahatsv api ca pākeṣu dvyaṅgulāntaraṃ tryaṅgulāntaraṃ vā śastrapadam uktam ||

1931 ed. 1.5.8
tatrāyato viṣālaḥ samaḥ suvibhakto nirāśraya iti vraṇaguṇāḥ

1931 ed. 1.5.9
bhavatś cātra |
āyataś ca viśālaś ca suvibhakto nirāśrayaḥ |
prāptakālakṛtaś cāpi vraṇaḥ karmaṇi śasyate ||

1931 ed. 1.5.10
śauryam āśukriyā śastrataikṣṇyam asvedavepathu |
asaṃmohaś ca vaidyasya śastrakarmaṇi śasyate ||

1931 ed. 1.5.11
ekena vā vraṇenā'ṣudhyamāne nā'ntarā buddhyā'vekṣyāparān vraṇān kuryāt ||

1931 ed. 1.5.12
bhavati cātra |
yato yato gatiṃ vidyādutsaṅgo yatra yatra ca |
tatra tatra vraṇaṃ kuryād yathā doṣo na niṣṭhati ||

1931 ed. 1.5.13
tatra bhrūgaṇḍaśaṅkhalalāṭākṣipuṭauṣṭhadantaveṣṭakakṣākukṣivaṅkṣaṇeṣu tiyak cheda uktaḥ || (?

1931 ed. 1.5.14
candramaṇḍalavacchedān pāṇipādeṣu kārayet |
ardhacandrākṛtīṃś cāpi gude meḍhre ca buddhimān ||)

1931 ed. 1.5.15
anyathā tu sirāsnāyucchedanaṃ atimātraṃ vedanā cirādvraṇasaṃroho māṃsakandīprādurbhāvaś ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.5.16
mūḍhagarbhodarārśo 'śmarībhagandaramukharogeṣv abhuktavataḥ karma kurvīta ||

1931 ed. 1.5.17
tataḥ śastram avacārya śītābhir adbhir āturam āśvāsya samantāt paripīḍyāṅgulyā vraṇam abhimṛdya(ā.jya) prakṣālya kaṣāyeṇa protenodakam ādāya tilakalkamadhusarpiḥpragāḍhāmauṣadhayuktāṃ nātisnigdhāṃ nātirūkṣāṃ vartiṃ praṇidadhyāt tataḥ kalkenācchādya ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā vastrapaṭṭena badhnīyāt vedanārakṣoghnair dhūpair dhūpayet rakṣoghnaiś ca mantnrai rakṣāṃ kurvīta ||

1931 ed. 1.5.18
tato guggulva guru sarjarasa vacā gaurasarṣapa cūrṇair lavaṇa nimba patra vimiśrair ājyayuktair dhūpayet ājyaśeṣeṇa cāsya prāṇān samālabheta ||

1931 ed. 1.5.19
udakumbhāc cāpo gṛhītvā prokṣayan rakṣākarma kuryāt ||
tad vakṣyāmaḥ

1931 ed. 1.5.20
kṛtyānāṃ pratighātārthaṃ tathā rakṣobhayasya ca |
rakṣākarma kariṣyāmi brahmā tad anumanyatām ||

1931 ed. 1.5.21
nāgāḥ piśācā gandharvāḥ pitaro yakṣarākṣasāḥ |
abhidravanti ye ye tvāṃ brahmādyā ghnantu tān sadā ||

1931 ed. 1.5.22
pṛthivyām antarīkṣe ca ye caranti niśācarāḥ |
dikṣu vāstunivāsāś ca pāntu tvāṃ te namaskṛtāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.5.23
pāntu tvāṃ munayo brāhayā divyā rājarṣayas tathā |
parvatāś caiva nadyaś ca sarvāḥ sarve ca sāgarāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.5.24
sgnī rakṣatu te jihvāṃ prāṇān vāyus tathaiva ca |
somo vyānam apāna te parjanyaḥ parirakṣatu ||

1931 ed. 1.5.25
udānaṃ vidyutaḥ pāntu samānaṃ stanayitnavaḥ |
balam indro balapatir manur manye matiṃ tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.5.26
kāmāṃs te pāntu gandharvāḥ sattvam indro 'bhir akṣatu |
prajñāṃ te varuṇo rājā samudro nābhimaṇḍalam ||

1931 ed. 1.5.27
cakṣuḥ sūryo diśaḥ śrotre candramāḥ pātu te manaḥ |
nakṣatrāṇi sadā rūpaṃ chāyāṃ pāntu niśāstava ||

1931 ed. 1.5.28
retastvāpyāyayantvāpo romāṇyoṣadhayas tathā |
ākāśaṃ khāni te pātu dehāṃ tava vasundharā ||

1931 ed. 1.5.29
vaiṣvānaraḥ śiraḥ pātu viṣṇustava parākramam |
pauruśaṃ puruṣaśreṣṭho brahmā+ātmānaṃ dhruvo bhruvau ||

1931 ed. 1.5.30
etā dehe viśeṣeṇa tava nityā hi devatāḥ |
etās tvāṃ satataṃ pāntu dīrgham āyur avāpnuhi ||

1931 ed. 1.5.31
svasti te bhagavān brahmā svasti devāś ca kurvatām | [
svasti te candrasūryau ca svasti nāradaparvatau |]
svastyagniś caiva vāyuś ca svasti devāḥ sahendragāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.5.32
pitāmahakṛtā rakṣā svastyāyurvardhatāṃ tava |
ītayaste praśāmyantu sadā bhava gatavyathaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.5.33
iti svāhā ||
etair vedātmakair mantraiḥ iṛtyāvyādhivināśanaiḥ |
mayaivaṃ kṛtarakṣas tvaṃ dīrgham āyur avāpnuhi ||

1931 ed. 1.5.34
tataḥ kṛtarakṣamāturamāgāraṃ praveśya ācārikam ādiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.5.35
tatastṛtīye 'hani vimucyaivam eva badhnīyād vastrapaṭṭena na cainaṃ tvaramāṇo 'paredyur mokṣayet ||

1931 ed. 1.5.36
dvitīyadivasaparimokṣaṇād vigrathito vraṇaś cirād upasaṃrohati tīvrarujaś ca bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.5.37
ata ūrdhvaṃ doṣakālabalādīn avekṣya kaṣāyālepanabandhāhārācārān vedadhyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.5.38
na cainaṃ tvaramāṇaḥ sāntardoṣaṃ ropayet sa hy alpenāpyapacāreṇābhyantaram utsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā bhūyo 'pi vikaroti |

1931 ed. 1.5.39
bhavanti cātra ||
tasmād antarbahiś caiva suśuddhaṃ ropayed vraṇam |
rūḍhe 'pyajīrṇavyāyāmavyavāyādīn vivarjayet |

1931 ed. 1.5.39ef
harṣaṃ krodhaṃ bhayaṃ cāpi yāvat sthairyopasaṃbhavāt ||

1931 ed. 1.5.40
hemante śiśire caiva vasante cāpi mokṣayet |
tryahāddvyahāccharadgrīṣmavarṣāsv api ca buddhimān ||

1931 ed. 1.5.41
atipātiṣu rogeṣu necchedvidhimimaṃ bhiṣak |
pradīptāgāravacchīghraṃ tatra kuryāt pratikriyām ||

1931 ed. 1.5.42
yāvedanā śastranipātajātā tīvrā śarīraṃ pradunoti jantoḥ |
ghṛtena sā śāntim upaiti siktā koṣṇena yaṣṭīmadhukānvitena ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrsthāne 'gropaharaṇīyo nāma pañcamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

śaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.6.1
athāta ṛtucaryam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.3
kālo hi nāma bhagavān svayambhur anādimadhyanidhano 'tra rasavyāpatsampattī jīvitamaraṇe ca manuṣyāṇām āyatte | sa sūkṣmām api kalāṃ na līyata iti kālaḥ saṃkalayati kālayati vā bhūtānīti kālaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.4
tasya saṃvatsarātmano bhagavān ādityo gativiśeṣeṇa nimeṣakāṣṭhākalāmuhūrtāhorātrapakṣamāsartvayanasaṃvatsarayugapravibhāgaṃ karoti ||

1931 ed. 1.6.5
tatra laghvakṣaroccāraṇamātro 'kṣinimeṣaḥ pañcadaśā'kṣinimeṣāḥ kāṣṭhā triṃśatkāṣṭhāḥ kalā viṃśatikalo muhūrtaḥ kalādaśabhāgaś ca triṃśanmuhūrtam ahorātraṃ pañcadaśāhorātrāṇi pakṣaḥ sa ca dvividhaḥ śuklaḥ kṛṣṇaś ca tau māsaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.6
tatra māghādayo dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ dvimāsikam ṛtuṃ kṛtva ṣaḍṛtavo bhavanti te śiśiravasantagrīṣmavarṣāśaraddhemantāḥ teṣaṃ tapastapsyau śiśiraḥ madhumādhavau vasantaḥ śuciśukrau grīṣmaḥ nabhonabhasyau varśāḥ iṣorjau śarat sahaḥsahasyau hemanta iti ||

1931 ed. 1.6.7
ta ete śītoṣṇavarṣalakṣaṇāś candrād ity ayoḥ kālavibhāgakaratvād ayane dve bhavato dakṣiṇam uttaraṃ ca | tayor dakṣiṇaṃ varṣāśaraddhemantāḥ teṣu bhagavān āpyāyate somaḥ amlalavaṇamadhurāś ca rasā balavanto bhavanti uttarottaraṃ ca sarvaprāṇināṃ balam abhivardhate | uttaraṃ ca śiśiravasantagrīṣmāḥ teṣu bhagavān āpyāyate 'rkaḥ tiktakaṣāyakaṭukāś ca rasā balavanto bhavanti uttarottaraṃ ca sarvaprāṇināṃ balam apahīyate ||

1931 ed. 1.6.8
bhavati cātra |
śītāṃśuḥ kledayaty urvīṃ vivasvān śoṣayaty api |
tāv ubhāv api saṃśritya vāyuḥ pālayati prajāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.9
atha khalv ayane dve yugapat saṃvatsaro bhavati te tu pañca yugam iti saṃjñāṃ labhante sa eṣa nimeṣādir yugaparyantaḥ kālaś cakravat parivartamānaḥ kālacakram ucyata ity eke ||

1931 ed. 1.6.10
iha tu varṣāśaraddhemantavasantagrīṣmaprāvṛṣaḥ ṣaḍṛtavo bhavanti doṣopacayaprakopopaśamanimittaṃ te tu bhādrapadādyena dvimāsikena vyākhyātāḥ tad yathā bhādrapadāśvayujau varṣāḥ kārtikamārgaśīrṣau śarat pauṣamāghau hemantaḥ phālgunacaitrau vasantaḥ vaiśākhajyeṣṭhau grīṣmaḥ āṣāḍhaśrāvaṇau prāvṛḍ iti ||

1931 ed. 1.6.11
tatra varṣāsv oṣadhayas taruṇyo 'lpavīryā āpaś cāprasannāḥ kṣitimalaprāyāḥ tā upayujyamānā nabhasi meghāvatate jalapraklinnāyāṃ bhūmau klinnadehānāṃ prāṇināṃ śīta vāta viṣṭambhitāgnīnāṃ vidahyante vidāhāt pittasaṃcayam āpādayanti sa saṃcayaḥ śaradi praviralameghe viyaty upaśuṣyati paṅke 'rka kiraṇa pravilāyitaḥ paittikān vyādhīn janayati | tā evauṣadhayaḥ kālapariṇāmāt pariṇatavīryā balavatyo hemante bhavanty āpaś ca prasannāḥ snigdhā atyarthaṃ gurvyaś ca tā upayujyamānā mandakiraṇatvād bhānoḥ satuṣārapa vanopa stambhita dehānāṃ dehinām avidagdhāḥ snehāc chaityād gauravād upalepāc ca śleṣmasaṃcayam āpādayanti sa saṃcayo vasante 'rka raśmi pravilāyita īṣatstabdhadehānāṃ dehināṃ ślaiṣmikān vyādhīn janayati | tā evauṣadhayo nidāghe niḥsārā rūkṣā atimātraṃ laghvyo bhavanty āpaś ca tā upayujyamānāḥ sūryapratāpopaśoṣitadehānāṃ dehināṃ raukṣyāl laghutvād vaiśadyāc ca vāyoḥ saṃcayam āpādayanti sa saṃcayaḥ prāvṛṣi cātyarthaṃ jalopaklinnāyāṃ bhūmau klinnadehānāṃ prāṇināṃ śītavātavarṣerito vātikān vyādhīn janayati | evam eṣa doṣāṇāṃ saṃcayaprakopahetur uktaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.13
tatra varśāhemantagrīṣmeṣu saṃcitānāṃ doṣāṇāṃ śaradvasantaprāvṛṭsu ca prakupitānāṃ nirharaṇaṃ kartavyam ||

1931 ed. 1.6.14
tatra paittikānāṃ vyādhīnām upaśamo hemante ślaiṣmikāṇāṃ nidāghe vātikānāṃ śaradi svabhāvata eva ta ete saṃcayaprakopopaśamā vyākhyātāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.15
tatra pūrvāhṇe vasantasya liṅgaṃ madhyāhne grīṣmasya aparāhṇe prāvṛṣaḥ pradoṣe vārṣikāṃ śāradam ardharātre pratyuṣasi haimantam upalakṣayet evam ahorātram api varṣam iva śītoṣṇavarṣalakṣaṇaṃ doṣopacayaprakopopaśamair jānīyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.6.16
tatra avyāpanneṣv ṛtuṣv avyāpannā oṣadhayo bhavanty āpaś ca tā upayujyamānāḥ prāṇāyurbalavīryaujaskaryo bhavanti ||

1931 ed. 1.6.17
teṣāṃ punar vyāpado 'dṛṣṭakāritāḥ ṣītoṣṇavātavarṣāṇi khalu viparītāny oṣadhīr vyāpādayanty apaś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.6.18
tāsām upayogād vividharogaprādurbhāvo marako vā bhaved iti ||

1931 ed. 1.6.19
tatra avyāpannānām oṣadhīnām apāṃ copayogaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.20
kadācid avyāpanneṣv apy ṛtuṣu kṛtyābhiśāparakṣaḥkrodhādharmair upadhvasyante janapadāḥ viṣauṣadhipuṣpagandhena vāyunopanītenākramyate yo deśas tatra doṣaprakṛtyaviśeṣeṇa kāsaśvāsavamathupratiśyāyaśirorugjvarair upatapyante grahanakṣatracaritair vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvair vā ||

1931 ed. 1.6.21
tatra sthāna parityāga śāntikarma prāyaścitta maṅgala japa homopahārejyāñjali namaskāra tapo niyama dayā dāna dīkṣābhyupagama devatā brāhmaṇa guru parair bhavitavyaṃ evaṃ sādhu bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.6.22
ata ūrdhvam avyāpannānām ṛtūnāṃ lakṣaṇāny upadekṣyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.23
vāyur vāty uttaraḥ śīto rajodhūmākulā diśaḥ |
channas tuṣāraiḥ saviyā himānaddhā jalāśayāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.24
darpitā dhvāṅkṣakhaṅgāhvamahiṣorabhrakuñjarāḥ |
rodhrapriyaṅgupunnāgāḥ puṣpitā himasāhvaye ||

1931 ed. 1.6.25
śiśire śītam adhikaṃ vātavṛṣṭyākulā diśaḥ |
śeṣaṃ hemantavat sarvaṃ vijñeyaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ budhaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.26
siddhavidyādharavadhūcaraṇālaktakāṅkite |
malaye candanalatāpariṣvaṅgādhivāsite ||

1931 ed. 1.6.27
vāti kāmijanānandajanano 'naṅgadīpanaḥ |
dampatyor mānabhiduro vasante dakṣiṇo 'nilaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.28
diśo vasante vimalāḥ kānanair upaśobhitāḥ |
kiṃśukāmbhojabakulacūtāśokādipuṣpitaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.29
kokilāṣaṭpadagaṇair upagītā manoharāḥ |
dakṣiṇānilasaṃvītāḥ sumukhāḥ pallavojjvalāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.30
grīṣme tīkṣṇāṃśur ādityo māruto nairṛto 'sukhaḥ |
bhūs taptā saritas tanvyo diśaḥ prajvalitā iva ||

1931 ed. 1.6.31
bhrāntacakrāhvayugalāḥ payaḥpānākulā mṛgāḥ |
dhvastavīruttṛṇalatā viparṇāṅkitapādapāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.32
prāvṛṣy ambaram ānaddhaṃ paścimānilakarṣitaiḥ |
ambudair vidyududdyotaprasrutais tumulasvanaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.33
komalaśyāmaśaṣpāḍhyā śakragopojjvalā mahī |
kadambanīpakuṭajasarjaketakibhūṣitā ||

1931 ed. 1.6.34
tatra varṣasu nadyo 'mbhaśchanno{O.-t}khātataṭadrumāḥ |
vāpyaḥ protphullakumudanīlotpalavirājitāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.35
bhūr avyaktasthalaśvabhrā bahuśasyopaśobhitā |
nātigarjatsravanmeghaniruddhārkagrahaṃ nabhaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.36
babhrur uṣṇaḥ śarady arkaḥ śvetābhravimalaṃ nabhaḥ |
tathā sarāṃsy amburuhair bhānti haṃsāṃsaghaṭṭitaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.6.37
paṅkaśuṣkadrumākīrṇā nimnonnatasameṣu bhūḥ |
bāṇasaptāhvabandhūkakāśāsanavirājitā ||

1931 ed. 1.6.38
svaguṇair atiyukteṣu viparīteṣu vā punaḥ |
viṣameṣv api vā doṣāḥ kupyanty ṛtuṣu dehinām ||

1931 ed. 1.6.39
hared vasante śleṣmāṇaṃ pittaṃ śaradi nirharet |
varṣāsu śamayed vāyuṃ prāgvikārasamucchrayāt ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne ṛtucaryā nāma ṣasṭho 'dhyāyaḥ ||

saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.7.1
athāto yantravidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.7.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.7.3
yantraśatam ekottaraṃ atra hastam eva pradhānatamaṃ yantrāṇām avagaccha (?.kiṃ kāraṇaṃ yasmād dhastād ṛte yantrāṇām apravṛttir eva ) tadadhīnatvād yantrakarmaṇām ||

1931 ed. 1.7.4
tatra manaḥśarīrābādhakarāṇi śalyāni teṣām āharaṇopāyo yantrāṇi ||

1931 ed. 1.7.5
tāni ṣaṭprakārāṇi tad yathā svastikayantrāṇi saṃdaṃśayantrāṇi tālayantrāṇi nāḍīyantrāṇi śalākāyantrāṇi upayantrāṇi ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.7.6
tatra caturviṃśatiḥ svastikayantrāṇi dve saṃdaṃśayantre dve eva tālayantre viṃśatirnāḍyaḥ aṣṭāviṃśatiḥ śalākāḥ panñcaviṃśatirupayantrāṇi ||

1931 ed. 1.7.7
tāni prāyaśo lauhāni bhavanti tatpratirūpakāṇi vā tadalābhe ||

1931 ed. 1.7.8
tatra nānāprakārāṇāṃ vyālānāṃ mṛgapakṣiṇāṃ mukhair mukhāni yantrāṇāṃ prāyaśaḥ sadṛśāni tasmāt tatsārūpyādāgamādupadeśādanyayantradarśanādyuktitaś ca kārayet ||

1931 ed. 1.7.9ab
samāhitāni yantrāṇi kharaślakṣṇamukhāni ca |

1931 ed. 1.7.9cd
sudṛḍhāni surūpāṇi sugrahāṇi ca kārayet ||

1931 ed. 1.7.10
tatra svastikayantrāṇi aṣṭādaśāṅgulapramāṇāni siṃhavyāghravṛkatarakṣvṛkṣadvīpimārjāraśṛgālamṛgair ivārukakākakaṅkakuraracāsabhāsaśaśaghātyulūkacilliśyenagṛdhrakrauñcabhṛṅgarājāñjalikarṇāvabhañjananandi(ā.ndī)mukhamukhāni masūrākṛtibhiḥ kīlair avabaddhāni mūle 'ṅkuśavadāvṛttavāraṅgāṇi asthividaṣṭaśalyoddharaṇārtham upadiśyante ||

1931 ed. 1.7.11
sanigraho 'nigrahaś ca saṃdaṃśau ṣoḍaśāṅgulau bhvataḥ tau svaṅnāṃsasirāsnāyugataśalyoddharaṇārtham upadiśyete ||

1931 ed. 1.7.12
tālayantre dvādaśāṅgule matsyatālavadekatāladvitālake karṇanāsānāḍīśalyānāmāharaṇārtham ||

1931 ed. 1.7.13
nāḍīyantrāṇi apyanekaprakārāṇi anekaprayojanāni ekatomukhānyubhayatomukhāni ca tāni srotogataśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ rogadarśanārthaṃ ācūṣaṇārthaṃ kriyāsaukaryārthaṃ ceti tāni srotodvārapariṇāhāni yathāyogadīrghāṇi ca | tatra bhagandarārśovraṇabastyuttarabastimūtravṛddhidakodaradhūmaniruddhaprakaśasanniruddhagudayantrāṇy alābūśṛṅgayantrāṇi coprariṣṭād vakṣyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.7.14
śalākāyantrāṇy api nānāprakārāṇi nānāprayojanāni yathāyogapariṇāhadīrghāṇi ca teṣāṃ gaṇḍūpadasarpaphaṇaśarapuṅkhabaḍiśamukhe dve dve eṣaṇavyūhanacālanāharaṇārtham upadiśyete masūradalamātramukhe dve kiṃcidānatāgre srotogataśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ ṣaṭ kārpāsakṛtoṣṇīṣāṇi pramārjanakriyāsu trīṇi darvyākṛtīni khallamukhāni kṣārauṣadhapraṇidhānārthaṃ trīṇyanyāni jāmbavavadanāni trīṇyaṅkuśavadanāni ṣaḍevāgnikarmasvabhipretāni nāsārbudaharaṇārthamekaṃ kolāsthidalamātramukhaṃ khallatīkṣṇoṣṭhaṃ añjanārthamekaṃ kalāyaparimaṇḍalamubhuyato mukulāgraṃ mūtramārgaviśodhanārthamekaṃ mālatīpuṣpavṛntāgrapramāṇaparimaṇḍalam iti ||

1931 ed. 1.7.15
upayantrāṇyapi-rajjuveṇikāpaṭṭacarmāntavalkalalatāvastrāṣṭhīlāśmamudgarapāṇipādatalāṅgulijihvādantanakhamukhabālāśvakaṭakaśākhāṣṭhīvanapravāhaṇaharṣāyaskāntamayāni kṣārāgnibheṣajāni ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.7.16
etāni dehe sarvasmin dehasyāvayave tathā |
saṃdhau koṣṭhe dhamanyāṃ ca yathāyogaṃ prayojayet ||

1931 ed. 1.7.17
yantrakarmāṇi tu nirghātanapūraṇabandhanavyūhanavartanacālanavivartanavivaraṇapīḍanamārgaviśodhanavikarṣaṇāharaṇāñchanonnamanavinamanabhañjanonmathanācūṣaṇaiṣaṇadāraṇarjūkaraṇaprakṣālanapradhamanapramārjanāni caturviṃśatiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.7.18
svabuddhyā cāpi vibhajedyantrakarmāṇi buddhimān |
asaṃkhyeyavikalpatvāc chalyānām iti niścayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.7.19
tatra atisthūlaṃ asāraṃ atidīrghaṃ atihrasvaṃ agrāhi viṣamagrāhi vakraṃ śithilaṃ atyunnataṃ mṛdukīlaṃ mṛdumukhaṃ mṛdupāśam iti dvādaśa yantradoṣāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.7.20
etair doṣair vinirmuktaṃ yantramaṣṭādaśāṅgulam |
praśastaṃ bhiṣajā jñeyaṃ taddhi karmasu yojayet ||

1931 ed. 1.7.21
dṛśyaṃ siṃhamukhādyais tu gūḍhaṃ kaṅkamukhādibhiḥ |
nirharet tu śanaiḥ śalyaṃ śa(ā.śā)strayuktivyapekṣayā ||

1931 ed. 1.7.22
ni(ā.vi)vartate sādhvavagāhate ca śalyaṃ nigṛhyoddharate ca yasmāt ||
yantreṣv ataḥ kaṅkamukhaṃ pradhānaṃ sthāneṣu sarveṣv adhi(ā.vi)kāri caiva ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne yantravidhirnāma saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

aṣṭamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.8.1
athātaḥ śastrāvacāraṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.8.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.8.3
viṃśatiḥ śastrāṇi; tad yathā— maṇḍalāgrakarapatra vṛddhipatra nakhaśastra mudrikotpalapatrakārdhadhāra sūcī kuśapatrāṭīmukha śarārimukhāntarmukha trikūrcaka kuṭhārikā vrīhimukhārā vetasapatraka baḍiśa dantaśaṅkveṣaṇya iti ||

1931 ed. 1.8.4
tatra maṇḍalāgrakarapatre syātāṃ chedane lekhane ca, vṛddhipatra nakhaśastra mudrikotpalapatrakārdhadhārāṇi chedane bhedane ca, sūcīkuśapatrāṭī(ṭā)mukhaśarārimukhāntarmukhatrikūrcakāni visrāvaṇe, kuṭhārikā vrīhimukhārā vetasapatrakāṇi vyadhane sūcī ca, baḍiśaṃ dantaśaṅkuś cāharaṇe, eṣaṇy eṣaṇe ānulomye ca sūcyaḥ sīvane; ity aṣṭavidhe karmaṇy upayogaḥ śastrāṇāṃ vyākkhyātaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.8.5
teṣām atha yathāyogaṃ grahaṇasamāsopāyaḥ karmasu vakṣyate— tatra vṛddhipatraṃ vṛntaphalasādhāraṇe bhāge gṛhṇīyāt, bhedanāny evaṃ sarvāṇi, vṛddhipatraṃ maṇḍalāgraṃ ca kiṃcid uttānena pāṇinā lekhane bahuśo 'vacāryaṃ, vṛntāgre visrāvaṇāni, viśeṣeṇa tu bālavṛddhasukumārabhīrunārīṇāṃ rājñāṃ rājamā(pu)trāṇāṃ ca trikūrcakena visrāvayet, talapracchādita vṛntam aṅguṣṭhapradeśinībhyāṃ vrīhimukhaṃ, kuṭhārikāṃ vāmahastanyastām itarahastamadhyamāṅgulyā'ṅguṣṭhaviṣṭabdhay 'bhihanyāt, ārākarapatraiṣaṇyo mūle, śeṣāṇi tu yathāyogaṃ gṛhṇīyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.8.6
teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.8.7-8
tatra nakhaśastraiṣaṇyāv aṣṭāṅgule, sūcyo vakṣyante, (pradeśinyagraparvapradeśapramāṇā mudrikā, daśāṅgulā śarārimukhī sā ca (yā sā) kartarīti kathyate |), śeṣāṇi tu ṣaḍaṅgulāni || tāni sugrahāṇi sulohāni sudhārāṇi surūpāṇi susamāhitamukhāgrāṇi akarālāni ceti śastrasaṃpat ||

1931 ed. 1.8.9
tatra vakraṃ, kuṇṭhaṃ, khaṇḍaṃ, kharadhāram, atisthūlam, atyalpam, atidīrgham, atihrasvam, ity aṣṭau śastradoṣāḥ | ato viparītaguṇam ādadīta, anyatra karapatrāt; tad dhi kharadhāram asthicchedanārtham ||

1931 ed. 1.8.10
tatra dhārā bhedanānāṃ māsūrī, lekhanānām ardhamāsūrī, vyadhanānāṃ visrāvaṇānāṃ ca kaiśikī, chedanānām ardhakaiśikīti ||

1931 ed. 1.8.11
baḍiśaṃ dantaśaṅkuś cānatāgre | tīkṣṇakaṇṭakaprathamayavapatramukhyeṣaṇī (gaṇḍūpadākāramukhī ca) ||

1931 ed. 1.8.12
teṣāṃ pāyanā trividhā kśārodakataileṣu | tatra kṣārapāyitaṃ śaraśalyāsthicchedaneṣu udakapāyitaṃ māṃsacchedanabhedanapāṭaneṣu tailapāyitaṃ sirāvyadhanasnāyucchedaneṣu ||

1931 ed. 1.8.13
teṣāṃ niśānārthaṃ ślakṣṇaśilā māṣavarṇā dhārāsaṃsthāpanārthaṃ śālmalīphalakam iti ||

1931 ed. 1.8.14
bhavati cātra—
yadā suniśitaṃ śastraṃ romacchedi susaṃsthitam |
sugṛhītaṃ pramāṇena tadā karmasu yojayet ||

1931 ed. 1.8.15
anuśastrāṇi tu tvaksāra sphaṭika kāca kuruvinda jalaukogni kṣāranakhagojīśephālikāśākapatrakarīrabālāṅgulaya iti ||

1931 ed. 1.8.16
śiśūnāṃ śastrabhīrūṇāṃ śastrābhāve ca yojayet |
tvaksārādicaturvargaṃ chedye ca buddhimān ||

1931 ed. 1.8.17
āhārya cchedya bhedyeṣu nakhaṃ śakyeṣu yojayet |
vidhiḥ pravakṣyate paścāt kṣāravahnijalaukasām ||

1931 ed. 1.8.18
ye syur mukhagatā rogā netravartmagatāś ca ye |
gojī śephālikā śākapatrair visrāvayet tu tān ||

1931 ed. 1.8.19
eṣyeṣv eṣaṇyalābhe tu bālāṅgulyaṅkurā hitāḥ ||
śastrāṇy etāni matimān śuddhaśaikyāyasāni tu ||
kārayet karaṇaprāptaṃ karmāraṃ karmakovidam ||

1931 ed. 1.8.20
prayogajñasya vaidyasya siddhir bhavati nity aśaḥ |
tasmāt paricayaṃ kuryāc chastrāṇāṃ grahaṇe sadā ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śastrāvacāraṇīyo nāmāṣṭamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

navamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.9.1
athāto yogyāsūtrīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.9.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.9.3
adhigatasarvaśāstrārtham api śiṣyaṃ yogyāṃ kārayet | snehādiṣu chedyādīṣu ca karmapatham upadiśet | subahuśruto 'pyakṛtayogyaḥ karmasvayogyo bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.9.4
tatra puṣpaphalālābūkālindakatrapusai(ā.so)rvārukarkārukaprabhṛtiṣu chedyaviśeṣān darśayet utkartanaparikartanāni copadiśet dṛtibastiprasevakaprabhṛtiṣūdakapaṅkapūrṇeṣu bhedyayogyāṃ saromṇi carmaṇyātate lekhyasya mṛtapaśusirāsūtpalanāleṣu ca vedhyasya ghuṇopahatakāṣṭhaveṇunalanālīśuṣkālābūmukheṣveṣyasya panasabimbībilvaphalamajjamṛtapaśudanteṣvāhāryasya madhūcchiṣṭopalipte śālmalīphalake visrāvyasya sūkṣmaghanavastrāntayor mṛducarmāntayoś ca sīvyasya pustamayapuruśāṅgapratyaṅgaviśeṣeṣu bandhanayogyāṃ mṛducarmamāṃsapeśīṣūtpalanāleṣu ca karṇasandhibandhayogyāṃ mṛduṣu māṃsakhaṇḍeṣv agnikṣārayogyāṃ udakapūṇaghaṭapārśvasrotasyalābūmukhādiṣu ca netrapraṇidhānabastivraṇabastipīḍanayogyām iti ||

1931 ed. 1.9.5ab
bhavataś cātra |
evam ādiṣu medhāvī yogyārheṣu yathāvidhi |

1931 ed. 1.9.5cd
dravyeṣu yogyāṃ kurvāṇo na pramuhyati karmasu ||

1931 ed. 1.9.6ab
tasmāt kauśalam anvicchan śastrakṣārāgnikarmasu |

1931 ed. 1.9.6cd
yasya yatreha sādharmyaṃ tatra yogyāṃ samācaret ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne yogyāsūtrīyo nāma navamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

daśamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.10.1
athāto viśikhānupraveśanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.10.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.10.3
adhigatatantreṇopāsitatantrārthena dṛṣṭakarmaṇā kṛtayogyena śāstraṃ nigadatā rājānujñātena nīcanakharomṇā ṣucinā śuklavastraparihitena chatravatā daṇḍahastena sopānatkenānuddhataveśena sumanasā kalyāṇābhivyāhāreṇākuhakena bandhubhūtena bhūtānāṃ susahāyavatā vaidyena niśikhā'nupraveṣṭavyā ||

1931 ed. 1.10.4.1
tato dūtanimittaśakunamaṅgalānulomyenātura gṛham abhigamya, upaviśya, āturam abhipaśyet spṛśet pṛcchec ca; tribhir etair vijñānopāyai rogāḥ prāyaśo veditavyā

1931 ed. 1.10.4.2
ity eke tat tu na samyak ṣaḍvidho hi rogāṇāṃ vijñānopāyaḥ; tad yathā --- pañcabhiḥ śrotrādibhiḥ praśnena ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.10.5
tatra śrotrendriyavijñeyā viśeṣā rogeṣu vraṇāsrāvanijñānīyādiṣu vakṣyante tatra saphenaṃ raktam īrayann anilaḥ saśabdo nirgacchati ity evam ādayaḥ sparśanendriyavijñeyāḥ śītoṣṇaślakṣṇakarkaśamṛdukaṭhinatvād ayaḥ sparśaviśeṣā jvaraśophādeṣu cakṣurindriyavijñeyāḥ śarīropacayāpacayāyurlakṣaṇabalavarṇavikārādayaḥ rasanendriyavijñeyāḥ pramehādiṣu rasaviśeṣāḥ ghrāṇendriyavijñeyā ariṣṭaliṅgādiṣu vraṇānām avraṇānāṃ ca gandhaviśeṣāḥ praśnena ca vijānīyād deśaṃ kālaṃ jātiṃ sātmyam ātaṅkasamutpattiṃ vedanāsamucchrāyaṃ balam antaragniṃ vātamūtrapurīṣāṇāṃ pravṛttyapravṛttī kālaprakarṣādīṃś ca viśeṣān | ātmasadṛśeṣu vijñānābhyupāyeṣu tatsthānīyair jānīyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.10.6
bhavati cātra |
mithyādṛṣṭā vikārā hi durākhyātās tathaiva ca |
tathā duṣparimṛṣṭāś ca mohayeyuś cikitsakam ||

1931 ed. 1.10.6ef
yāpayet asādhyān nopakramet parisaṃvatsarotthitāṃś ca vikārān prāyaśo varjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.10.8
tatra sādhyā api vyādhayaḥ prāyeṇaiṣāṃ duścikitsyatamā bhavanti | tad yathā śrotriyanṛpatistrībālavṛddhabhīru rājasevaka kitavadrubala vaidyavidagdha vyādhigopaka daridra kṛpaṇa krodhanānām anātmavatām anāthānāṃ ca evaṃ nirūpya cikitsāṃ kurvan dharmārthakāmayaśāṃsi prāpnoti ||

1931 ed. 1.10.9
bhavati cātra |
strībhiḥ sahāsyāṃ saṃvāsaṃ parihāsaṃ ca varjayet |
dattaṃ ca tābhyo nādeyam annād anyad bhiṣagvaraiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.10.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viśikhānupraveśanīyo nāma daśamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.11.1
athātaḥ kṣārapākavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.3
śastrānuśastrebhyaḥ kṣāraḥ pradhānatamaḥ chedyabhedyalekhyakaraṇāt tridoṣaghnatvād viśeṣakriyāvacāraṇāc ca ||

1931 ed. 1.11.4
tatra kṣaraṇāt kṣaṇanād vā kṣāraḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.5
nānauṣadhisamavāyāt tridoṣaghnaḥ śuklatvāt saumyaḥ tasya saumyasyāpi sato dahanapacanadāraṇādiśaktiraviruddhā sa khalv āgneyauṣadhiguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt kaṭuka uṣṇastīkṣṇaḥ pa(ā.pā)cano vilayanaḥ śodhano ropaṇaḥ śoṣaṇaḥ stambhano lekhanaḥ kṛmyāmakaphakuṣṭhaviṣamedasām upahantā puṃstvasya cātisevitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.6
sa dvividhaḥ pratisāraṇīyaḥ pānīyaś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.11.7
tatra pratisāraṇīyaḥ kuṣṭha kiṭibha dadru maṇḍala kilāsa bhagandarārbudārśo duṣṭa vraṇa nāḍī carma kīla tilakālakanyaccha vyaṅga maśaka bāhya vidradhi kṛmi viṣādiṣūpadiśyate saptasu ca mukharogeṣūpajihvādhijihvopakuśadantavaidarbheṣu tisṛṣu ca rohiṇīṣu eteṣv evānuśastra praṇidhānam uktam ||

1931 ed. 1.11.8
pānīyas tu garagulmodarāgnisaṅgājīrṇārocakānāhaśarkarāśmaryābhyantaravidradhikṛmiviṣārśaḥsūpayujyate ||

1931 ed. 1.11.9
ahitas tu raktapitta(ā.tti)jvaritapittaprakṛtibālavṛddhadurbalabhramamadamūrcchātimiraparītebhyo 'nyebhyaś caivaṃvidhebhyaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.10
taṃ cetarakṣāravad dagdhvā parisrāvayet tasya vistaro 'nyatra ||

1931 ed. 1.11.11
athetaras trividho mṛdurmadhyastīkṣṇaś ca | taṃ cikīrṣuḥ śaradi girisānujaṃ śucir upoṣya praśaste 'hani praśastadeśajātam anupahataṃ madhyamavayasaṃ mahāntamasitamuṣkakamadhivāsyāparedyuḥ pāṭayitvā svaṇḍaśaḥ prakalpyāvapāṭya nirvāte deśe nicitiṃ kṛtvā sudhāśarkarāś ca prakṣipya nilanālair ādīpayet | athopaśānte 'gnau tadbhasma pṛthaggṛhṇīyādbhasmaśarkarāś ca | athānenaiva vidhānena kuṭajapalāśāśvakarṇapāribhadrakabibhītakāragvadhatilvakārkasnuhyapāmārgapāṭalānaktamālavṛṣakadalīcitrakapūtīkendravṛkṣāsphotāśvamārakasaptacchadāgnimanthaguñjāś catasraś ca kośātakīḥ samūlaphalapatraśākhā dahet | tataḥ kṣāradroṇam udakadroṇaiḥ ṣaḍbhir āloḍya mūtrair vā yathoktair ekaviṃśatikṛtvaḥ parisrāvya mahati kaṭāhe śanair darvyāvaghaṭṭayan vipacet | sa yadā bhavaty accho raktas tīkṣṇaḥ picchilaś ca tamādāya mahati vastre parisrāvyetaraṃ vibhajya punar agnāv adhiśrayet | tata eva cakṣārodakāt kuḍavamadhyardhaṃ vā'panayet | tataḥ kaṭaśarkarābhasmaśarkarākṣīrapākaśaṅkhanābhīragnivarṇāḥ kṛtvā+āyase pātre tasminn eva kṣārodake niṣicya piṣṭvā

1931 ed. 1.11.11b
tenaiva dvidroṇe 'ṣṭapalasaṃmitaṃ śaṅkhānābhyādīnāṃ pramāṇaṃ prativāpya satatam aprmattaś cainam avaghaṭṭayan vipacet | sa yathā nātisāndro nātidravaś ca bhavati tathā prayateta | athainam āgatapākam avatāryānuguptam āyase kumbhe saṃvṛtamukhe nidadhyād eṣa madhyamaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.12
eṣa evāpratīvāpaḥ pakvaḥ saṃvyūhimo sṛduḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.13
pratīvāpe yathālābhaṃ dantīdravantīcitrakalāṅgalakīpūtikapravālatālapatrīviḍasuvarcikākanakakṣīrīhiṅguvacātiviṣāḥ samāḥ ślakṣṇacūrṇāḥ śuktipramāṇāḥ pratīvāpaḥ | sa eva sapratīvāpaḥ pakvaḥ pākyastīkṣṇaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.14
teṣāṃ yathāvyādhibalam upayogaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.15
kṣīṇabale tu kṣārodakam āvaped balakaraṇārtham ||

1931 ed. 1.11.16
bhavataś cātra |
naivātitīkṣṇo na mṛduḥ śuklaḥ ślakṣṇo 'tha picchilaḥ |
aviṣyandī śivaḥ śīghraḥ kṣāro hy aṣṭaguṇaḥ smṛtaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.17
atimārdavaśvaityauṣṇyataikṣṇyapaicchilyasarpitāḥ |
sāndratāpakvatā hīnadravyatā doṣa ucyate ||

1931 ed. 1.11.18
tatra kṣārasādhyavyādhivyādhitam upaveśya nivātātape deśe 'saṃbādhe 'gropaharaṇīyoktena vidhānenopasaṃbhṛtasaṃbhāraṃ tato 'sya tam avakāśaṃ nirīkṣyāvaghṛṣyāvalikhya pracchayitvā śalākayā kṣāraṃ pratisārayet dattvā vākśatamātram upekṣeta ||

1931 ed. 1.11.19
tasminnipatite vyādhau kṛṣṇatā dagdhalakṣaṇam |
tatrāmlavargaḥ śamanaḥ sarpirmadhukasaṃyutaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.20
atha cet sthiramūlatvāt kṣāradagdhaṃ ca śīryate |
idamālepanaṃ tatra samagramavacārayet ||

1931 ed. 1.11.21
amlakāñjikabījāni tilān madhukam eva ca |
prapeṣya samabhāgāni tenainamanulepayet ||

1931 ed. 1.11.22
tilakalkaḥ samadhuko ghṛtākto vraṇaropaṇaḥ |
rasenāmlena tīkṣṇena vīryoṣṇena ca yojitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.23
āgneyenāgninā tulyaḥ kathaṃ kṣāraḥ praśāmyati |
evaṃ cen manyase vatsa procyamānaṃ nibodha me ||

1931 ed. 1.11.24
kaṭukas tatra bhūyiṣṭho lavaṇo 'nurasas tathā |
amlena saha saṃyuktaḥ satīkṣṇalavaṇo rasaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.25
mādhuyaṃ bhajate 'tyarthaṃ tīkṣṇabhāvaṃ vimuñcati |
mādhuryācchamamāpnoti vahniradbhir ivāplutaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.26
tatra samyagdagdhe vikāropaśamo lāghavamanāsrāvaś ca || hīnadagdhe todakaṇḍujāḍyāni vyādhivṛddhiś ca || atidagdhe dāhapākarāgasrāvāṅgamardaklamapipāsāmūrcchāḥ syur maraṇaṃ vā ||

1931 ed. 1.11.27
kṣāradagdhavraṇaṃ tu yathādoṣaṃ yathādoṣaṃ yathāvyādhi copakramet ||

1931 ed. 1.11.28
atha naite kṣārakṛtyāḥ tad yathā durbalabālasthavirabhīrusarvāṅgaśūnodariraktapittigarbhiṇyṛtumatīpravṛddhajvaripramehirūkṣakṣatakṣīṇatṛṣṇāmūrcchopadrutaklībāpavṛttodvṛttaphalayonayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.11.29
tathā marmasirāsnāyusandhitaruṇāsthisevanīdhamanīgalanābhinakhāntaḥśephaḥsrotaḥsvalpamāṃseṣu ca pradeśeṣv akṣṇoś ca na dadyād anyatra vartmarogāt ||

1931 ed. 1.11.30
tatra kṣārasādhyeṣv api vyādhiṣu śūnagātram asthiśūlinam annadveṣiṇaṃ hṛdayasandhipīḍopadrutaṃ ca kṣāro na sādhayati ||

1931 ed. 1.11.31
bhavati cātra |
viṣāgniśastrāśanimṛtyukalpaḥ kṣāro bhavaty alpamatiprayuktaḥ |
sa dhīmatā samyag anuprayukto rogān nihanyād acireṇa ghorān ||

iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne kṣārapākavidhirnāmaikādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

dvādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.12.1
athāto 'gnikarmavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.3
taddagdhānāṃ rogāṇām apunarbhāvād bheṣaja śastrakṣārair asādhyānāṃ sat sādhyatvāc ca ||

1931 ed. 1.12.4
athemāni dahanopakaraṇāni tad yathā pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākā jāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhāḥ kṣaudraguḍasnehāś ca | tatra pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākās tvaggatānāṃ jāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhā māṃsagatānāṃ kṣaudraguḍasnehāḥ sirāsnāyusandhyasthigatānām ||

1931 ed. 1.12.5
tatrāgnikarma sarvartuṣu kuryād anyatra śaradgrīṣmābhyāṃ tatrāpyātyayike 'gnikarmasādhye vyādhau tat pratyanīkaṃ vidhiṃ kṛtvā ||

1931 ed. 1.12.6a
sarvavyādhiṣv ṛtuṣu ca picchilam annaṃ bhuktavataḥ (? karma kurvīta) aśmarībhagandarārśomukharogeṣv abhuktavataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.7
tatra dvividhamagnikarmāhureke tvagdagdhaṃ māṃsadagdhaṃ ca iha tu sirāsnāyu sandhyasthiṣv api va pratiṣiddho 'gniḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.8
tatra śabdaprādurbhāvo durgandhatā tvaksaṃkocaś ca tvagdagdhe kapotavarṇatā'lpaśvayathuvedanā śuṣkasaṃkucitavraṇatā ca māṃsadagdhe kṛṣṇonnatavraṇatā srāvasannirodhaś ca sirāsnāyudagdhe rūkṣāruṇatā karkaśasthiravraṇatā ca sandhyasthidagdhe ||

1931 ed. 1.12.9
tatra śirorogādhimanthayor bhrūlalāṭaśaṅkhapradeśeṣu dahet vartmarogeṣv ārdrālaktakapraticchannāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ kṛvā vartmaromakūpān (? dahet ) ||

1931 ed. 1.12.10
tvaṅnāṃsasirāsnāyusandhyasthisthite 'tyugraruji vāyāv ucchritakaṭhinasupramāṃse vraṇe granthyarśo 'rbudabhagandarāpacīślīpadacarmakīlatilakālakāntravṛddhisandhisirācchedanādiṣu nāḍīśoṇitātipravṛttiṣu cāgnikarma kuryāt ||

1931 ed. 1.12.11
tatra valaya-bindu-vilekhā-pratisāraṇānīti dahanaviśeṣāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.12
bhavati cātra |
rogasya saṃsthānamavekṣya samyaṅgarasya marmāṇi balābalaṃ ca |
vyādhiṃ tathartuṃ ca samīkṣya samyak tato vyavasyed bhiṣagagnikarma ||

1931 ed. 1.12.13
tatra samyagdagdhe madhusarpirbhyām abhyaṅgaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.14
athemānagninā pariharet pittaprakṛtim antaḥśoṇitaṃ bhinnakoṣṭhamanuddhṛtaśalyaṃ durbalaṃ bālaṃ vṛddhaṃ bhīrumaneka vraṇa pīḍitamasvedyāṃś ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.12.15
ata ūrdhvamitarathādagdhalakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra snigdhaṃ rūkṣaṃ va+āśritya dravyam agnir dahati agnisaṃtapto hi snehaḥ sūkṣmasirānusāritvāt tvagādīn anupraviśyāśu dahati tasmāt snehadagdhe 'dhikā rujo bhavanti ||

1931 ed. 1.12.16a
tatra pluṣṭaṃ durdagdhaṃ samyagdagdham atidagdhaṃ ceti caturvidham agnidagdham | tatra yad vivarṇaṃ pluṣyate 'timātraṃ tat pluṣṭaṃ yatrottiṣṭhanti sphoṭās tīvrāś coṣadāharāgapākavedanāś cirāc copaśāmyanti tad drudagdhaṃ samyagdgdham anavagāḍhaṃ tālaphalavarṇaṃ susaṃsthitaṃ pūrvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ ca atidagdhe māṃsāvalambanaṃ gātraviśleṣaḥ sirāsnāyusandhyasthivyāpādanamatimātraṃ jvaradāhapipāsāmūrcchāś copadravā bhavanti vraṇaś cāsya cireṇa rohati rūḍhaś ca vivarṇo bhavati | tad etac caturvidham agnidagdhalakṣaṇam ātmakarma prasādhakaṃ(ā.naṃ) bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.12.17
bhavati cātra |
agninā kopitaṃ raktaṃ bhṛśaṃ jantoḥ prakupyati |
tatas tenaiva vegena pittam asyābhyudīryate ||

1931 ed. 1.12.18
tulyavīrye ubhe hyete rasato dravyatas tathā |
tenāsya vedanāstīvrāḥ prakṛtyā ca vidahyate |

1931 ed. 1.12.19ab
sphoṭāḥ śīghraṃ prajāyante jvarastṛṣṇā ca vardhate ||
dagdhasyopaśamārthāya cikitsā saṃpravakṣyate ||

1931 ed. 1.12.20
pluṣṭasyāgnipratapanaṃ kāryamuṣṇaṃ tathauṣadham |
śarīre svinnabhūyiṣṭhe svinnaṃ bhavati śoṇitam ||

1931 ed. 1.12.21
prakṛtyā hyudakaṃ śītaṃ skandayatyatiśoṇitam |
tasmāt sukhayati hyuṣṇaṃ natu śītaṃ kathaṃcana ||

1931 ed. 1.12.22
śītāmuṣṇāṃ ca durdagdhe kriyāṃ kuryād bhiṣak punaḥ |
ghṛtālepanasekāṃs tu śītānevāsya kārayet ||

1931 ed. 1.12.23
samyagdagdhe tugākṣīrīplakṣacandanagairikaiḥ |
sāmṛtaiḥ sarpiṣā snigdhair ālepaṃ kārayed bhiṣak ||

1931 ed. 1.12.24
grāmyānūpaudakaiś cainaṃ piṣṭair māṃsaiḥ pralepayet |
pittavidradhivac cainaṃ santatoṣmāṇam ācaret ||

1931 ed. 1.12.25
atidagdhe viśīrṇāni māṃsāny uddhṛtya śītalām |
kriyāṃ kuryād bhiṣak paś cācchālitaṇḍulakaṇḍanaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.26
tindukītvakkapālair vā ghṛtamiśraiḥ pralepayet |
vraṇaṃ guḍūcīpatrair vā chādayed athavaudakaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.27
kriyāṃ ca nikhilāṃ kuryād bhiṣak pittavisarpavat |
madhūcchiṣṭaṃ samadhukaṃ rodhraṃ sarjarasaṃ tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.12.28
mañjiṣṭhāṃ cadanaṃ mūrvāṃ piṣṭvā sarpir vipācayet |
sarveṣāmagnidagdhānām etad ropaṇam uttamam ||

1931 ed. 1.12.29ab
snehadagdhe kriyāṃ rūkṣāṃ viśeṣeṇāvacārayet |

1938 ed. 1.12.29cd
ata ūrdhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi dhūmopahatalakṣaṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.12.30
śvasiti kṣauti cātyarthamatyādhamati kāsate |
cakṣuṣoḥ paridāhaś ca rāgaś caivopajāyate ||

1931 ed. 1.12.31
sadhūmakaṃ niśvasiti ghreyamanyanna vetti ca |
tathaiva ca rasān sarvān śrutiś cāsyopahanyate ||

1931 ed. 1.12.32abc
tṛṣṇādāhajvarayutaḥ sīdaty atha ca mūrcchati |
dhūmopahata ity evaṃ śṛṇu tasya cikitsitam ||

1931 ed. 1.12.33
sarpirikṣurasaṃ drākṣāṃ payo vā śarkarāmbu vā |
madhurāmlau rasau vā'pi vamanāya pradāpayet ||

1931 ed. 1.12.34
vamataḥ koṣṭhaśuddhiḥ syāddhūmagandhaś ca naśyati |
vidhinā'nena śāmyanti sadanakṣavathujvarāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.35
dāha mūrcchā tṛḍādhmāna śvāsakāsāś ca dāruṇāḥ |
madhurair lavaṇāmlaiś ca kaṭukaiḥ kavalagrahaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.12.36ab
samyag gṛhṇātīndriyārthān manaś cāsya prasīdati |

1938 ed. 1.12.36cd
śirovirecanaṃ cāsmai dadyād yogena śāstravit ||

1931 ed. 1.12.37
dṛṣṭir viśudhyate cāsya śirogrīvaṃ ca dehinaḥ |
avidāhi laghu snigdhamāhāraṃ cāsya kalpayet ||

1931 ed. 1.12.38
uṣṇavātātapair dagdhe śītaḥ kāryo vidhiḥ sadā |
śītavarṣānilair dagdhe snigdhamuṣṇaṃ ca śasyate ||

1931 ed. 1.12.39
tathā'titejasā dagdhe siddhir nāsti kathaṃcana |
indravajrāgnidaghe 'pi jīvati pratikārayet ||

iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'gnikarmavidhair nāma dvādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

trayodaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

The vulgate text here in adhyāya 13 is transcribed from the 1938 edition, not the 1931 edition.

1938 ed. 1.13.1
athāto jalaukāvacāraṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.3
nṛpāḍhya bāla sthavira bhīru durbala nārī sukumārāṇām anugrahārthaṃ paramasukumāro 'yaṃ śoṇitāvasecanopāyo 'bhihito jalaukasaḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.4
tatra vātapittakaphaduṣṭaśoṇitaṃ yathāsaṃkhyaṃ śṛṅgajalaukālābubhir avasecayet sarvāṇi sarvair vā (viśeṣas tu visrāvyaṃ śṛṅgajalaukālābubhir gṛhṇīyāt) ||

1938 ed. 1.13.5
bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ |
uṣṇaṃ samadhuraṃ snigdhaṃ gavāṃ śṛṅgaṃ prakīrtitam |
tasmād vātopasṛṣṭe tu hitaṃ tad avasecane ||

1938 ed. 1.13.6
śītādhivāsā madhurā jalaukā vārisaṃbhavā |
tasmāt pittopasṛṣṭe tu hitā sā tv avasecane ||

1938 ed. 1.13.7
alābu kaṭukaṃ rūkṣaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ ca parikīrtitam |
tasmāc chleṣmopasṛṣṭe tu hitaṃ tad avasecane ||

1938 ed. 1.13.8
tatra pracchite tanu basti paṭalāvanaddhena śṛṅgeṇa śoṇitam avasecayed ācūṣaṇāt sāntardīpayā 'lābvā | (jalāyukā vakṣyante) ||

1938 ed. 1.13.9
jalam āsām āyur iti jalāyukāḥ jalam āsām oka iti jalaukasaḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.10
tā dvādaśa tāsāṃ saviṣāḥ ṣaṭ tāvatya eva nirviṣāḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.11
tatra saviṣāḥ kṛṣṇā karburā alagardā indrāyudhā sāmudrikā gocandanā ceti | tāsu añjanacūrṇavarṇā pṛthuśirāḥ kṛṣṇā varmimatsyavad āyatā chinnonnatakukṣiḥ karburā romaśā mahāpārśvā kṛṣṇamukhī alagardā indrāyudhavad ūrdhvarājibhiś citritā indrāyudhā īṣadasitapītikā vicitrapuṣpākṛticitrā sāmudrikāḥ govṛṣaṇavad adhobhāge dvidhābhūtākṛtir aṇumukhī gocandaneti | tābhir daṣṭe puruṣe daṃśe śvayathur atimātraṃ kaṇḍūrmūrcchā jvaro dāhaś chardir madaḥ sadanam iti liṅgāni bhavanti | tatra mahāgadaḥ pānālepananasya karmādiṣūpayojyaḥ | indrāyudhādaṣṭam asādhyam | ity etāḥ saviṣāḥ sacikitsitā vyākhyātāḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.12
atha nirviṣāḥ kapilā piṅgalā śaṅkumukhī mūṣikā puṇḍarīkamukhī sāvarikā ceti | tatra manaḥśilārañjitābhyām iva pārśvābhyāṃ pṛṣṭhe snigdhā mudgavarṇā kapilā kiṃcidraktā vṛttakāyā piṅgalā ''śugā ca piṅgalā yakṛdvarṇā śīghrapāyinī dīrghatīkṣṇamukhī śaṅkumukhīḥ mūṣikākṛtivarṇā 'niṣṭagandhā ca mūṣikā mudgavarṇā puṇḍarīkatulyavaktrā puṇḍarīkamukhī snigdhā padmapatravarṇā 'ṣṭādaśāṅgulapramāṇā sāvarikā sā ca paśvarthe ity etā aviṣā vyākhyātāḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.13
tāsāṃ yavanapāṇḍyasahya pautanādīni kṣetrāṇi teṣu mahāśarīrā balavatyaḥ śīghrapāyinyo mahāśanā nirviṣāś ca viśeṣeṇa bhavanti |

1938 ed. 1.13.14
tatra saviṣa matsya kīṭa dardura mūtra purīṣa kothajātāḥ kaluṣeṣv ambhaḥsu ca saviṣāḥ padmotpala nalina kumuda saugandhika kuvalaya puṇḍarīka śaivala kotha jātā vimaleṣv ambhaḥsu ca nirviṣāḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.15
bhavati cātra |
kṣetreṣu vicaranty etāḥ salilāḍhyasugandhiṣu |
na ca saṃkīrṇacāriṇyo na ca paṅkeśayāḥ sukhāḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.16
tāsāṃ grahaṇam ārdracarmaṇā, anyair vā prayogair gṛhṇīyāt ||

1938 ed. 1.13.17
athaināṃ nave mahati ghaṭe sarastaḍāgodakapaṅkam āvāpya nidadhyāt bhakṣyārthe cāsām upaharec chaivalaṃ vallūram audakāṃś ca kandāṃś cūrṇīkṛtya śayyārthaṃ tṛṇam audakāni ca patrāṇi tryahāt tryahāc cābhyo 'nyaj jalaṃ bhakṣyaṃ ca dadyāt saptarātrāt saptarātrāc ca ghaṭam anyaṃ saṃkrāmayet ||

1938 ed. 1.13.18
bhavati cātra |
sthūlamadhyāḥ parikliṣṭāḥ pṛthvyo mandaviceṣṭitāḥ |
agrāhiṇyo 'lpapāyinyaḥ saviṣāś ca na pūjitāḥ ||

1938 ed. 1.13.19
atha jalauko 'vasekasādhyavyādhitam upaveśya saṃveśya vā virūkṣya cāsya tam avakāśaṃ mṛdgomayacūrṇair yady arujaḥ syāt | gṛhītāś ca tāḥ sarṣaparajanī kalkodaka pradigdha gātrīḥ salilasarakamadhye muhūrtasthitā vigataklamā jñātvā tābhī rogaṃ grāhayet | ślakṣṇaśuklārdrapicuprotāvacchannāṃ kṛtvā mukham apāvṛṇuyāt agṛhṇantyai kṣīrabinduṃ śoṇitabinduṃ vā dadyāt, śastrapadāni vā kurvīta yady evam api na gṛhṇīyāt tadā'nyāṃ grāhayet ||

1938 ed. 1.13.20
yadā ca niviśate 'śvakhuravad ānanaṃ kṛtvonnamya ca skandhaṃ tadā jānīyād gṛhṇātīti gṛhṇantīṃ cārdravastrāvacchannāṃ kṛtvā dhārayet ||

1938 ed. 1.13.21
daṃśe toda kaṇḍu prādur bhāvair jānīyāc chuddham iyam ādatta iti śuddham ādadānām apanayet atha śoṇitagandhena na muñcen mukham asyāḥ saindhavacūrṇenāvakiret ||

1938 ed. 1.13.22a
atha patitāṃ taṇḍula kaṇḍana pradigdhagātrīṃ tailalavaṇābhyaktamukhīṃ vāmahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulībhyāṃ gṛhītapucchāṃ dakṣiṇahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulibhyāṃ śanaiḥ śanair anulomam anumārjayed ā mukhāt vāmayet tāvad yāvat samyagvāntaliṅgānīti | samyagvāntā salilasarake nyastā bhoktukāmā satī caret | yā sīdatī na ceṣṭate sā durvāntā tāṃ punaḥ samyag vāmayet | durvāntāyā vyādhir asādhya indramado nāma bhavati |

1938 ed. 1.13.22b
atha suvāntāṃ pūrvavat sannidadhyāt ||

1938 ed. 1.13.23
śoṇitasya yogāyogān avekṣya śatadhautaghṛtābhyaṅgas tat picudhāraṇaṃ vāi jalaukovraṇān madhunā'vaghaṭṭayet śitābhir adbhiś pariṣecayed badhnīta vā kaṣāyamadhurasnigdhaśītaiś ca pradehaiḥ pradihyād iti ||

1938 ed. 1.13.24
bhavati cātra | kṣetrāṇi grahaṇaṃ jātīḥ poṣaṇaṃ sāvacāraṇam |
jalaukasāṃ ca yo vetti tat sādhyān sa jayed gadān ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne jalaukāvacāraṇīyo nāma trayodaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

caturdaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.14.1
athātaḥ śoṇitavarṇanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.3
tatra pāñcabhautikasya caturvidhasya ṣaḍrasasya dvividhavīryasyāṣṭavidhāvīryasya vā'nekaguṇasyopayuktasyāhārasya samyakpariṇatasya yas tejobhūtaḥ sāraḥ paramasūkṣmaḥ sa rasa ity ucyate tasya ca hṛdayaṃ sthānaṃ sa hṛdayāc caturviṃśati dhamanīr anupraviśyor dhvagā daśa daśa cādhogāminyaś catasraś ca tiryaggāḥ kṛtsnaṃ śarīram aharahas tarpayati vardhayati dhārayati yāpayati cādṛṣṭahetukena karmaṇā | tasya śarīram anusarato 'numānād gatir upalakṣayitavyā kṣayavṛddhivaikṛtaiḥ | tasmin sarvaśarīrāvayavadoṣadhātumalāśayānusāriṇi rase jijñāsā kim ayaṃ saumyas taijasa iti | atrocyate sa khalu dravānusārī snehanajīvanatarpaṇadhāraṇādibhir viśeṣaiḥ saumya ity avagamyate ||

1931 ed. 1.14.4
sa khalv āpyo raso yakṛtplīhānau prāpya rāgam upaiti ||

1931 ed. 1.14.5
bhavataś cātra |
rañjitās tejasā tv āpaḥ śarīrasthena dehinām |
avyāpannāḥ prasannena raktam ity abhidhīyate ||

1931 ed. 1.14.6
rasād eva striyā raktaṃ rajaḥsaṃjñaṃ pravartate | tad varṣād dvyādaśād ūrdhvaṃ yāti pañcāśataḥ kṣayam ||

1931 ed. 1.14.7
ārtavaṃ śoṇitaṃ tv āgneyaṃ agnīṣomīyatvād garbhasya ||

1931 ed. 1.14.8
pāñcabhautikaṃ tv apare jīvaraktam āhur ācāryāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.9
visratā dravatā rāgaḥ spandanaṃ laghutā tathā |
bhūmyādīnāṃ guṇā hyete dṛśyante cātra śoṇite ||

1931 ed. 1.14.10
rasād raktaṃ tato māṃsaṃ māṃsān medaḥ prajāyate |
medaso 'sthi tato majjā majjñaḥ śukraṃ tu jāyate ||

1931 ed. 1.14.11
tatraiṣāṃ (? sarva ) dhātūnām annapānarasaḥ prīṇayitā ||

1931 ed. 1.14.12
rasajaṃ puruṣaṃ vidyād rasaṃ rakṣet prayatnaḥ | annāt pānāc ca matimān ācārāc cāpy atandritaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.13
tatra rasa gatau dhātuḥ aharahar gacchatīty ato rasaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.14
sa khalu trīṇi trīṇi kalāsahasrāṇi pañcadaśa ca kalā ekaikasmin dhātāv avatiṣṭhate evaṃ māsena rasaḥ śukrībhavati strīṇāṃ cārtavam ||

1931 ed. 1.14.15
bhavati cātra |
aṣṭādaśasahasrāṇi saṅkhyā hy asmin samuccaye |
kalānāṃ navatiḥ proktā svatantraparatantrayoḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.16
sa śabdārcir jala santānavad aṇunā viśeṣeṇānudhāvaty evaṃ śarīraṃ kevalam ||

1931 ed. 1.14.17
vājīkaraṇyas tv oṣadhayaḥ svabalaguṇotkarṣād virecanavad upayuktāḥ śukraṃ virecayanti ||

1931 ed. 1.14.18
yathā hi puṣpamukulastho gandho na śakyam ihāstīti vaktum atho naivā(ā.naiva cā)stīti athavā'(? ca)sti satāṃ bhāvānām abhivyaktir iti kṛ(ā.jñā)tvā kevalaṃ saukṣmyān nābhivyajyate sa eva puṣpe vivṛtapatrakeśare kālāntareṇābhivyaktiṃ gacchati evaṃ bālānām api vayaḥpariṇāmāc chukraprādurbhāvo bhavati romarājyādayaś ca viśeṣā nārīṇām | (? rajasi copacīyamāne śanaiḥ śanaiḥ stanagarbhāśayayonyabhivṛddhir bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.14.19
sa evānnaraso vṛddhānāṃ (? jarā)paripakvaśarīratvād aprīṇano bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.14.20
ta ete śrīradhāraṇād dhātava ity ucyante ||

1931 ed. 1.14.21
teṣāṃ kṣayavṛddhī śoṇitanimitte tasmāt tad adhikṛtya vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra phanilamaruṇaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ parūṣaṃ tanu śīghragamaskandi ca vātena duṣṭaṃ nīlaṃ pītaṃ haritaṃ śyāvaṃ visramaniṣṭaṃ pipīlikāmakṣikāṇāmaskandi ca pittaduṣṭaṃ gairikodakapratīkāśaṃ snigdhaṃ śītalaṃ bahalaṃ picchilaṃ cirasrāvi māṃsapeśīprabhaṃ ca śleṣmaduṣṭaṃ sarvalakṣaṇasaṃyuktaṃ kāñjikābhaṃ viśeṣato durgandhi ca sannipātaduṣṭaṃ (? pittavadraktenātikṛṣṇaṃ ca) dvidoṣaliṅgaṃ saṃsṛṣṭaṃ | (? jīvaśoṇitamanyatra vakṣyāmaḥ )//

1931 ed. 1.14.22
indragopakapratīkāśamasaṃhatamavivarṇaṃ ca prakṛtisthaṃ jānīyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.14.23
visrāvyāṇyanyatra vakṣyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.24
athāvisrāvyāḥ sarvāṅgaśophaḥ kṣīṇasya cāmlabhojananimittaḥ pāṇdurogyarśasodariśoṣigarbhiṇīnāṃ ca śvayathavaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.25
tatra śastravisrāvaṇaṃ dvividhaṃ pracchānaṃ sirāvyadhanaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.14.26
tatra ṛjvasaṃkīrṇaṃ sūkṣmaṃ samam anavagāḍham anuttānam āśu ca śastraṃ pātayen marmasirāsnāyusandhīnāṃ cānupaghāti ||

1931 ed. 1.14.27
tatra durdine durviddhe śītavātayor asvinne bhuktamātre skandatvāc choṇitaṃ na sravaty alpaṃ vā sravati ||

1931 ed. 1.14.28
madamūrcchāśramārtānāṃ vāta viṇ mūtrasaṃginām |
nidrābhibhūtabhītānāṃ nṛṇāṃ nāsṛk pravartate ||

1931 ed. 1.14.29
tad duṣṭaṃ śoṇitamanirhriyamāṇaṃ kaṇḍūśopharāgadāhapākavedanā janayet ||

1931 ed. 1.14.30
atyuṣṇe 'tisvinne 'tividdhe 'jñair vasrāvitamatipravartate tad atipravṛttaṃ śiro 'bhitāpamāndhyamadhimanthatimiraprādurbhāvaṃ dhātukṣayamākṣepakaṃ pakṣāghātamekāṅgavikāraṃ tṛṣṇādāhau hikkāṃ kāsaṃ śvāsaṃ pāṇḍurogaṃ maraṇaṃ cāpādayati ||

1931 ed. 1.14.30a
bhavanti cātra |

1931 ed. 1.14.31
tasmānna śite nātyuṣṇe nāsvinne nātitāpite |
yavāgūṃ pratipītasya śoṇitaṃ mokṣayed bhiṣak ||

1931 ed. 1.14.32
samyag gatvā yadā raktaṃ svayam evāvatiṣṭhate |
śuddhaṃ tadā vijānīyāt samyagvisrāvitaṃ ca tat ||

1931 ed. 1.14.33
lāghavaṃ vedanāśāntir vyādher vegaparikṣayaḥ |
samyagvisrāvite liṅgaṃ prasādo manasas tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.14.34
tvagdoṣā granthayaḥ śophā rogāḥ śoṇitajāś ca ye |
raktamokṣaṇaśīlānāṃ na bhavanti kadācana ||

1931 ed. 1.14.35
atha khalv apravartamāne rakte elāśītaśivakuṣṭhatagarapāṭhābhadradāruviḍaṅgacitrakatrikaṭukāgāradhūmaharidrārkāṅkuranaktamālaphalair yathālābhaṃ tribhiś caturbhiḥ samastair vā cūrṇīkṛtair lavanātailapragāḍhair vraṇamukham avagharṣayed evaṃ samyak pravartate ||

1931 ed. 1.14.36
athātipravṛtte rodhramadhukapriyaṅgupattaṅgagairikasarjarasarasāñjanaśālmalīpuṣpaśaṅkhaśuktimāṣayavagodhūmacūrṇaiḥ śanaiḥ śanair vraṇamukham avacūrṇyāṅgulyagreṇāvapīḍayet sālasarjārjūnārimedameṣaśṛnṅgadhavadhanvantvagbhir vā cūrṇitābhiḥ kṣaumeṇa vā dhmāpitena samudraphenalākṣācūrṇair vā yathoktair vraṇabandhanadravyair gāḍhaṃ badhnīyāt śītāccchādanabhojanāgāraiḥ śītaiḥ pariṣekapradehaiś copācaret kṣārenāgninā vā dahedyathoktaṃ vyadhanādanantaraṃ vā tāmevātipravṛttāṃ sirāṃ vidhyet kākolyādikvāthaṃ vā śarkarāmadhumadhuraṃ pāyayet eṇahariṇorabhraśaśamahiṣavarāhāṇāṃ vā rudhiraṃ kṣirayūṣarasaiḥ susnigdhaiś cāśnīyāt upadravāṃś ca yathāsvam upacaret ||

1931 ed. 1.14.37
dhātukṣayāt srute rakte mandaḥ saṃjāyate 'nalaḥ |
pavanaś ca paraṃ lopaṃ yāti tasmāt prayatnaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.38
taṃ nātiśītair laghubhiḥ snigdhaiḥ śoṇitavardhanaiḥ |
īṣadamlair anamlair vā bhojanaiḥ samupācaret ||

1931 ed. 1.14.39
caturvidhaṃ yad etad dhi rudhirasya nivāraṇam |
saṃdhānaṃ skandanaṃ caiva pācanaṃ dahanaṃ tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.14.40
vraṇaṃ kaṣāyaḥ saṃdhatte raktaṃ skandayate himam |
tathā saṃpācayed bhasma dāhaḥ saṃkocayet sirāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.41
askandamāne rudhire saṃdhānāni prayojayet |
saṃdhāne bhraśyamāne tu pācanaiḥ samupācaret |

1931 ed. 1.14.42
kalpair etais tribhir vaidyaḥ prayateta yathāvidhi |
asiddhimatsu caiteṣu dāhaḥ parama iṣyate |

1931 ed. 1.14.43
śeṣadoṣe yato rakte na vyādhirativartate |
sāvaśeṣe tataḥ stheyaṃ na tu kuryād atikramam ||

1931 ed. 1.14.44
dehasya rudhiraṃ mūlaṃ rudhireṇaiva dhāryate |
tasmād yatnena saṃrakṣyaṃ raktaṃ jīva iti sthitiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.14.45
srutaraktasya sekādyaiḥ śītaiḥ prakupite 'nile |
śophaṃ satodaṃ loṣṇena sarpiṣā pariṣecayet ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śoṇitavarṇanīyo nāma caturdaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

pañcadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.15.1
athāto doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.15.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.15.3
doṣadhātumalamūlaṃ hi śarīraṃ tasmād eteṣāṃ lakṣaṇamucyamānam upadhāraya ||

1931 ed. 1.15.4.1
tatra praspandanodvahanapūranāvivekadhāraṇalakṣaṇo vāyuḥ pañcadhā pravibhaktaḥ śarīraṃ dhārayati ||

1931 ed. 1.15.4.2
rāgapaktyojastejomedhoṣmakṛtpittaṃ pañcadhā pravibhaktam agnikarmaṇānugrahaṃ karoti ||

1931 ed. 1.15.4.3
sandhisaṃśleṣaṇasnehanaropaṇapūraṇabalasthairyakṛcchleṣmā pañcadhā pravibhakta udakakarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti ||

1931 ed. 1.15.5
rasas tuṣṭiṃ prīṇanaṃ raktapuṣṭiṃ ca karoti raktaṃ varṇaprasādaṃ māṃsapuṣṭiṃ jīvayati ca māṃsaṃ śarīrapuṣṭiṃ medasaś ca medaḥ snehasvedau dṛḍhatvaṃ puṣṭim asthnāṃ ca asthīni dehadhāraṇaṃ majjñaḥ puṣṭiṃ ca majjā prītiṃ snehaṃ balaṃ śukrapuṣṭiṃ pūraṇam asthnāṃ ca karoti śukraṃ dhairyaṃ cyavanaṃ prītiṃ dehabalaṃ harṣaṃ bījārthaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.15.6
purīṣam upastambhaṃ vāyvagnidhāraṇaṃ ca bastipūraṇavikledakṛn mūtraṃ svedaḥ kledatvaksaukumāryakṛt ||

1931 ed. 1.15.7
raktalakṣaṇam ārtavaṃ garbhakṛc ca garbho garbhalakṣaṇaṃ stanyaṃ stanayor āpīnatvajananaṃ jīvanaṃ ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.15.8
tatra vidhivat parirakṣaṇaṃ kurvīta ||

1931 ed. 1.15.9
ata ūrdhvam eṣāṃ kṣīṇalakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tatra vātakṣaye mandaceṣṭatā'lpāvāktvam apraharṣo mūḍhasaṃjñatā ca pittakṣaye mandoṣmāgnitā niṣprabhatvaṃ(ā.tā) ca śleṣmakṣaye rūkṣatā'ntardāha āmāśayetaraśleṣmāśayaśūnyatā sandhiśaithilyaṃ tṛṣṇā daurbalyaṃ prajāgaraṇaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.15.10
tatra svayonivardhanāny eva pratīkāraḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.15.11
rasakṣaye hṛtpīḍā kampaśūnyātās tṛṣṇā ca śoṇitakṣaye tvakpāruṣyam amlaśītaprārthanā sirāśaithilyaṃ ca māṃsakṣaye sphiggaṇḍauṣṭhopasthoruvakṣaḥ kakṣāpiṇḍikodaragrīvāśuṣkatā raukṣyatodau gātrāṇāṃ sadanaṃ dhamanīśaithilyaṃ ca medaḥkṣaye plīhābhivṛddhiḥ sandhiśūnyatā raukṣyaṃ meduramāṃsaprārthanā ca asthikṣaye 'sthiśūlaṃ dantanakhabhaṅgo raukṣyaṃ ca majjakṣaye 'lpaśukratā parvabhedo 'sthinistodo 'sthiśūnyatā ca śukrakṣaye meḍhravṛṣaṇavedanā'śaktirmaithune cirād vā prasekaḥ praseke cālparaktaśukradarśanam ||

1931 ed. 1.15.12
tatrāpi svayonivardhanadravyopayogaḥ pratīkāraḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.15.13
purīṣakṣaye hṛdayapārśvapīḍā saśabdasya ca vāyor ūrdhvagamanaṃ kukṣau saṃcaraṇaṃ ca mūtrakṣaye bastitodo 'lpamūtratā ca atrāpi svayonivardhanadravyāṇi pratīkāraḥ | svedakṣaye stabdharomakūpatā tvakśoṣaḥ sparśavaiguṇyaṃ svedanāśaś ca tatrābhyaṅgaḥ svedopayogaś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.15.14
ārtavakṣaye yathocitakālādarśanamalpatā vā yonivedanā ca tatra saṃśodhanamāgneyānāṃ ca dravyāṇāṃ vidhivad upayogaḥ | stanyakṣaye stnayor mlānatā stanyāsaṃbhavo 'lpatā vā tatra śleṣmavardhanadravyopayogaḥ | garbhakṣaye garbhāspandanamanunnatakukṣitā ca tatra prāptabastikālāyāḥ kṣīrabastiprayogo medhyānnopayogaś ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.15.15
ata ūrdhvam ativṛddhānāṃ doṣadhātumalānāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | vṛddhiḥ punar eṣāṃ svayonivardhanāty upasevanād bhavati | tatra vātavṛddhau vākpāruṣyaṃ kārśyaṃ kārṣṇyaṃ gātrasphuraṇam uṣṇakāmitā nidrānāśo 'lpabalatvaṃ gāḍhavarcastvaṃ ca pittavṛddhau pītāvabhāsatā saṃtāpaḥ śītakāmitvam alpanidratā mūrcchā balahānir indriyadaurbalyaṃ pītaviṇmūtranetratvaṃ ca śleṣmavṛddhau śauklyaṃ śaityaṃ sthairyaṃ gauravam avasādas tandrā nidrā sandhyasthiviśleṣaś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.15.16
raso 'tivṛddho hṛdayotkledaṃ prasekaṃ cāpādayati raktaṃ raktāṅgākṣitāṃ sirāpūrṇatvaṃ ca māṃsaṃ sphiggaṇḍauṣṭhopasthorubāhujaṅghāsu vṛddhiṃ gurugātratāṃ ca medaḥ snigdhāṅgatāmudarapārśvavṛddhiṃ kāsaśvāsādīn daurgandhyaṃ ca asthyadhyasthīnyadhidantāṃś ca majjā sarvāṅganetragauravaṃ ca śukraṃ śukrāśmarīmatiprādurbhāvaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.15.17
purīṣamāṭopaṃ kukṣau śūlaṃ ca mūtraṃ mūtravṛddhiṃ muhurmuhuḥ pravṛttiṃ bastitodamādhmānaṃ ca svedastvaco daugandhyaṃ kaṇḍūṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.15.18
ārtavam aṅgamardam atipravṛttiṃ daurgandhyaṃ ca stanyaṃ stanayor āpīnatvaṃ muhur muhuḥ pravṛttiṃ todaṃ ca garbho jaṭharābhivṛddhiṃ svedaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.15.19
teṣāṃ yathāsvaṃ saṃśodhanaṃ kṣapaṇaṃ ca kṣayād aviruddhaiḥ kriyāviśeṣaiḥ prakurvīt ||

1931 ed. 1.15.20
pūrvaḥ pūrvo 'tivṛddhatvād vardhayed dhi paraṃ param |
tasam ātipravṛddhānāṃ dhātūnāṃ hrāsanaṃ hitam ||

1931 ed. 1.15.21
balalakṣaṇaṃ balakṣayalakṣaṇaṃ cāta ūrdhvam upadekṣyāmaḥ | tatra rasādīnāṃ śukrāntānāṃ dhātūnāṃ yat paraṃ tejas tat khalv ojas tad eva balam ity ucyate svaśāstrasiddhāntāt ||

1931 ed. 1.15.22
tatra balena sthiropacitamāṃsatā sarvaceṣṭāsvapratighātaḥ svaravarṇaprasādo bāhyānām ābhyantarāṇāṃ ca karaṇānām ātmakāryapratipattir bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.15.23
bhavanti cātra |
ojaḥ somātmakaṃ snigdhaṃ śuklaṃ śītaṃ sthiraṃ saram |
viviktaṃ mṛdu mṛtsnaṃ ca prāṇāyatanam utttamam ||

1931 ed. 1.15.24ab
dehaḥ sāvayavas tena vyāpto bhavati dehinām |

1931 ed. 1.15.24cd
tadabhāvāc ca śīryante śarīrāṇi śarīriṇām ||

1931 ed. 1.15.25abcd
abhighātāt kṣayāt kopāc chokād dhyānāc chramāt kṣudhaḥ |
ojaḥ saṃkṣīyate hy ebhyo dhātugrahaṇaniḥsṛtam |

1931 ed. 1.15.25ef
tejaḥ samīritaṃ tasmād visraṃsayate dehinaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.15.26-27
tasya visraṃso vyāpat kṣaya iti liṅgāni vyāpannasya bhavanti sandhiviśleṣo gātrāṇāṃ sadanaṃ doṣacyavanaṃ kriyā'(O.kriyā)sannirodhaś ca visraṃse stabdhagurugātratā vātaśopho varṇabhedo glānis tandrā nidrā ca vyāpanne mūrcchā māṃsakṣayo mohaḥ pralāpo maraṇam iti ca kṣaye ||

1931 ed. 1.15.28
bhavanti cātra |
trayo doṣā balasyoktā vyāpadvisraṃsanakṣayāḥ |
viśleṣasādau gātrāṇāṃ doṣavisraṃsanaṃ śramaḥ |
aprācuryaṃ kriyānāṃ ca balavisraṃsalakṣaṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.15.29
gurutvaṃ stabdhatā'ṇgeṣu glānirvarṇasya bhedanam |
tandrā nidrā vātaśopho balavyāpadi lakṣaṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.15.30
mūrcchā māṃsakṣāyo mohaḥ pralāpo 'jñānam eva ca |
pūrvoktāni ca liṅgāni maraṇaṃ ca balakṣaye ||

1931 ed. 1.15.31
tatra visraṃse vyāpanne ca kriyāviśeṣair aviruddhair balamāpyāyayet itaraṃ tu mūḍhasaṃjñaṃ varjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.15.32
doṣadhātumalakṣīṇo balakṣīṇi'pi vā naraḥ |
svayonivardhanaṃ yattadannapānaṃ prakāṅkṣati ||

1931 ed. 1.15.33
yadyadāhārajātaṃ tu kṣīṇaḥ prārthayate naraḥ |
tasya tasya sa lābhe tu taṃ taṃ kṣayamapohati ||

1931 ed. 1.15.34
yasya dhātukṣayād vāyuḥ saṃjñāṃ karma ca nāśayet |
prakṣiṇaṃ ca balaṃ yasya nāsu śakyaś cikitsitum ||

1931 ed. 1.15.35
rasanimittam eva sthaulyaṃ kārśyaṃ ca | tatra śleṣmalāhārasevino 'dhyaśanaśīlasyāvyāyāmino divāsvapnaratasya cāma evānnaraso madhurataraś ca śarīram anukrāmann atisnehān medo janayati tad atisthaulyam āpādayati tam atisthūlaṃ kṣudraśvāsapipāsākṣutsvapnasvedagātradaurgandhyakrathanagātrasādagadgadatvāni kṣipram evāviśanti saukumāryān medasaḥ sarvakriyāsvasamarthaḥ kaphamedo niruddhamārgartvāc cālpavyavāyo bhavati āvṛtamārgatvād eva śeṣā dhātavo nāpyāyante 'tyarthamato 'lpaprāṇo bhavati pramehapīḍakājvarabhagandaravidradhivātavikārāṇāmanyataṃ prāpya pañcatvam upayāti sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto bhavanty āvṛtamārgatvāt srotasāṃ atas tasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet | utpanne tu śilājatuguggulugomūtratriphalāloharajorasāñjanamadhuyavamudgakoradūṣakaśyāmākoddālakādīnāṃ virūkṣaṇacchedanīyānāṃ dravyāṇaṃ vidhivad upayogo vyāyāmo lekhanabastyupayogaś ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.15.36
tatra punar vātalāhārasevino 'tivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanabhayaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇapipāsākṣutkaṣāyālpāśanaprabhṛtibhir upaśoṣito rasadhātuḥ śarīram ananukrāman nalpatvān na prīṇāti tasmād atikārśyaṃ bhavati so 'tikṛśaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavātavarṣabhārādāneṣv asahiṣṇur vātarogaprāyo 'lpaprāṇaś ca kriyāsu bhavati śvāsakāsaśoṣaplīhodarāgnisādagulmaraktapittānām anyatamam āsādya maraṇam upayāti sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto bhavanty alpaprāṇatvāt atas tasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet | utpanne tu payasyāśvagandhāvidārigandhāśatāvarībalātibalānāgabalānāṃ madhurāṇām anyāsaṃ cauṣadhīnām upayogaḥ kṣīradadhighṛtamāṃsaśāliṣaṣṭikayavagodhūmānāṃ ca divāsvapnabrahmacaryāvyāyāmabṛhaṇabastyupayogaś ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.15.37
yaḥ punar ubhayasādhāraṇāny āseveta tasyān narasaḥ śarīram anukrāman samān dhātūn upacinoti samadhātutvān madhyaśarīro bhavati sarvakriyāsu samarthaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavarṣātapasaho balavāṃś ca sa satatam anupālayitavya iti ||

1931 ed. 1.15.38
bhavanti cātra |
atyantagarhitāv etau sadā sthūlakṛśau narau |
śreṣṭho madhyaśarīras tu kṛśaḥ sthūlāt tu pūjitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.15.39
doṣaḥ prakupito dhātūn kṣapayaty ātmatejasā |
iddhaḥ svatejasā vahnir ukhāgatam ivodakam ||

1931 ed. 1.15.40
vailakṣaṇyāc charīrāṇām asthāyitvāt tathaiva ca |
doṣadhātumalānāṃ tu parimāṇaṃ na vidyate ||

1931 ed. 1.15.41
eṣāṃ samatvaṃ yac cāpi bhiṣagbhir avadhāryate |
na tat svāsthyādṛte śakyaṃ vaktum anyena hetunā ||

1931 ed. 1.15.42
doṣādīnāṃ tv asamatām anumānena lakṣayet |
aprasannendriyaṃ vīkṣya puruṣaṃ kuśalo bhiṣak ||

1931 ed. 1.15.43
svasthasya rakṣaṇaṃ kuryād asvasthasya tu buddhimān |
kṣapayed bṛṃhayec cāpi doṣadhātumalān bhiṣak |

1931 ed. 1.15.43ef
tāvad yāvad arogaḥ syād etat sāmyasya lakṣaṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.15.44
samadoṣaḥ samāgniś ca samadhātumalakriyaḥ |
prasannātmendriyamanāḥ svasthā ity abhidhīyate ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyo nāma pañcadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ṣoḍaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.16.1
athātaḥ karṇavyadha bandha vidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanavatariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.3
rakṣābhūṣaṇanimittaṃ bālasya karṇau vidhyete | tau ṣaṣṭhe māsi saptame vā śuklapakṣe praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu kṛtamaṅgalasvastivācanaṃ dhātryaṅke kumāradharāṅke vā kumāram upaveśya bālakrīḍanakaiḥ pralobhyābhisāntvayan bhiṣag vāmahastenākṛṣya karṇaṃ daivakṛte chidra ādityakarāvabhāsite śanaiḥ śanair dakṣiṇahastena rju vidhyet pratanukaṃ sūcyā bahalam ārayā pūrvaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ kumārasya vāmaṃ kumāryāḥ tataḥ picuvartiṃ praveśayet ||

1931 ed. 1.16.4
śoṇita bahutvena vedanayā cānyadeśaviddham iti jānīyāt nirupadravatayā taddeśaviddham iti ||

1931 ed. 1.16.5
tatrājñena yadṛcchayā viddhāsu sirāsu kālikāmarmarikālohitikāsūpadravā bhavanti | tatra kālikāyāṃ jvaro dāhaḥ śvayathur vedanā ca bhavati marmarikāyāṃ vedanā jvaro granthayaś ca lohitikāyāṃ manyāstambhāpatānakaśirograhakarṇaśūlāni bhavanti | teṣu yathāsvaṃ pratikurvīta ||

1931 ed. 1.16.6
kliṣṭajihmāpraśastasūcīvyadhād gāḍhataravartitvād doṣasamudāyād apraśastavyadhād vā yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra vartim upahṛtyāśu madhukairaṇḍa mūla mañjiṣṭhā yava tila kalkair madhughṛtapragāḍhair ālepayet tāvad yāvat surūḍha iti surūḍhaṃ cainaṃ punar vidhyet vidhānaṃ tu pūrvoktam eva ||

1931 ed. 1.16.7
tatra samyagviddham āmatailena pariṣecayet tryahāt tryahāc ca vartiṃ sthūlatarāṃ dadyāt pariṣekaṃ ca tam eva ||

1931 ed. 1.16.8
atha vyapagatadoṣopadrave karṇe vardhanārthaṃ laghuvardhanakaṃ kuryāt ||

1931 ed. 1.16.9
evaṃ vivardhitaḥ karṇaś chidyate tu dvidhā nṛṇām |
doṣato vā'bhighātād vā sandhānaṃ tasya me śṛṇu ||

1931 ed. 1.16.10
tatra samāsena pañcadaśakarṇabandhākṛtayaḥ | tad yathā nemisandhānaka utpalabhedyako vallūraka āsaṅgimo gaṇḍakarṇa āhāryo nirvedhimo vyāyojimaḥ kapāṭasandhiko 'rdhakapāṭasandhikaḥ saṃkṣipto hīnakarṇo vallīkarṇo yaṣṭikarṇaḥ kākauṣṭhaka iti | teṣu pṛthulāyatasamobhayapālir nemisandhānakaḥ vṛttāyatasamobhayapālir utpalabhedyakaḥ hrasvavṛttasamobhayapālir vallūrakaḥ abhyantaradīrghaikapālir āsaṅgimaḥ bāhya dīrghaikapālir gaṇḍakarṇaḥ | apālir ubhayato 'py āhāryaḥ pīṭhopamapālir ubhayataḥ kṣīṇaputrikāśrito nirvedhimaḥ | sthūlāṇusamaviṣamapālir vyāyojimaḥ | abhyantaradīrghaikapālir itarālpapāliḥ | kapāṭasandhikaḥ bāhyadīrghaikapālir itarālpapālir ardhakapāṭasandhikaḥ | tatra daśaite karṇabandhavikalpāḥ sādhyāḥ teṣāṃ svanāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ | saṃkṣiptādayaḥ pañcāsādhyāḥ | tatra śuṣkaśaṣkulir utsannapālir itarālpapāliḥ saṃkṣiptaḥ anadhiṣṭhānapāliḥ paryantayoḥ kṣīṇamāṃso hīnakarṇaḥ tanuviṣamālpapālir vallīkarṇaḥ grathitamāṃsastabdhasirāsaṃtatasūkṣmapālir yaṣṭikarṇaḥ nirmāṃsasaṃkṣiptāgrālpaśoṇitapāliḥ kākauṣṭhaka iti | baddheṣv api tu śopha dāha rāga pāka piḍakā srāva yuktā na siddhim upayānti ||

1931 ed. 1.16.11
bhavanti cātra |
yasya pālidvayam api karṇasya na bhaved iha |
karṇapīṭhaṃ same madhye tasya viddhvā vivardhayet ||

1931 ed. 1.16.12
bāhyāyām iha dīrghāyāṃ sandhir ābhyantaro bhavet |
ābhyantarāyāṃ dīrghāyāṃ bāhyasandhir udāhṛtaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.13
ekaiva tu bhavet pāliḥ sthūlā pṛthvī sthirā ca yā |
tāṃ dvidhā pāṭayitvā tu chittvā copari sandhayet ||

1931 ed. 1.16.14
gaṇḍād utpāṭya māṃsena sānubandhena jīvatā |
karṇapālīm āpāles tu kuryān nirlikhya śāstravit ||

1931 ed. 1.16.15
ato nyatamaṃ bandhaṃ cikīrṣur agropaharaṇīyoktopasaṃbhṛtasaṃbhāraṃ viśeṣataś cātropaharet surāmaṇḍaṃ kṣīram udakaṃ dhānyāmlaṃ kapālacūrṇaṃ ceti | tato 'ṅganāṃ puruṣaṃ vā grathitakeśāntaṃ laghubhuktavantam āptaiḥ suparigṛhītaṃ ca kṛtvā bandham upadhārya chedyabhedyalekhyavyadhanair upapannair upapādya karṇaśoṇitam avekṣya duṣṭam aduṣṭaṃ veti tatra vātaduṣṭe dhānyāmloṣṇodakābhyāṃ pittaduṣṭe śītodakapayobhyāṃ śleṣmaduṣṭe surāmaṇḍoṣṇodakābhyāṃ prakṣālya karṇau punar avalikhyānunnatam ahīnam aviṣamaṃ ca karṇasandhiṃ sanniveśya sthitaraktaṃ sandadhyāt | tato madhughṛtenābhyajya picuprotayor anyatareṇāvaguṇṭhya sūtreṇānavagāḍhaman atiśithilaṃ ca baddhvā kapālacūrṇenāvakīryācārikam upadiśed dvivraṇīyoktena ca vidhānenopacaret ||

1931 ed. 1.16.16
bhavati cātra |

1931 ed. 1.16.16x
vighaṭṭanaṃ divāsvapnaṃ vyāyāmam atibhojanam |
vyavāyam agnisaṃtāpaṃ vākśramaṃ ca vivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.16.16.1
(?āmatailaparīṣekaṃ trirātramavacārayet |
tatas tailena saṃsṛṣṭaṃ tryahādapanayet picum ||)

1931 ed. 1.16.17
na cāśuddharaktam atipravṛttaraktaṃ kṣīṇaraktaṃ vā saṃdadhyāt | sa hi vātaduṣṭe rakte rūḍho 'pi paripuṭanavān pittaduṣṭe dāhapākarāgavedanāvān śleṣmaduṣṭe stabdhaḥ kaṇḍūmān atipravṛttarakte śyāvaśophavān kṣīṇo 'lpamāṃso na vṛddhim upaiti ||

1931 ed. 1.16.18
āmatailena trirātraṃ pariṣecayet trirātrāc ca picuṃ parivartayet | sa yadā surūḍho nirupadravaḥ savarṇo bhavati tadainaṃ śanaiś śanair abhivardhayet | ato 'nyathā saṃrambhadāhapākarāgavedanāvān punaś chidyate vā ||

1931 ed. 1.16.19
athāsyāpraduṣṭasyābhivardhanārtham abhyaṅgaḥ | tad yathā godhāpratudaviṣkirānūpaudakavasāmajjānau payaḥ sarpis tailaṃ gaurasarṣapajaṃ ca yathālābhaṃ saṃbhṛtyārkālarkabalātibalānantāpāmārgāśvagandhāvidārigandhākṣīraśuklājalaśūkamadhuravargapayasyāprativāpaṃ tailaṃ vā pācayitvā svanuguptaṃ nidadhyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.16.20
sveditonmarditaṃ karṇaṃ snehenaitena yojayet |
ato 'nupadravaḥ samyag balavāṃś ca vivardhate ||

1931 ed. 1.16.21
yavāśvagandhāyaṣṭyāhvais tilaiś codvartanaṃ hitam |
śatāvaryaśvagandhābhyāṃ payasyair aṇḍajīvanaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.22
tailaṃ vipakvaṃ sakṣīram abhyaṅgāt pālivardhanam |
ye tu karṇā na vardhante svedasnehopapāditāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.23
teṣām apāṅgadeśe tu kuryāt pracchānam eva tu |

1931 ed. 1.16.23b
bāhyacchedaṃ na kurvīta vyāpadaḥ syus tato dhruvāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.24
baddhamātraṃ tu yaḥ karṇaṃ sahasaivābhivardhayet |
āmakośī samādhmātaḥ kṣipram eva vimucyate ||

1931 ed. 1.16.25
jātaromā suvartmā ca śliṣṭasandhiḥ samaḥ sthiraḥ |
surūḍho 'vedano yaś ca taṃ karṇaṃ vardhayec chanaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.0
amitāḥ karṇabandhās tu vijñeyāḥ kuśalair iha |
yo yathā suviśiṣṭaḥ syāt taṃ tathā viniyojayet ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.1
(karṇapālyāmayān nṝṇāṃ punar vakṣyāmi suśruta |
karṇapalyāṃ prakupaitā vātapittakaphās trayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.2
dvidhā vāpy atha saṃsṛṣṭāḥ kurvanti vividhā rujaḥ |
visphoṭaḥ stabdhatā śophaḥ pālyāṃ doṣe tu vātike ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.3
dāhavisphoṭajananaṃ śophaḥ pākaś ca paittike |
kaṇḍūḥ saśvayathuḥ stambho gurutvaṃ ca kaphātmake ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.4
yathādoṣaṃ ca saṃśodhya kuryāt teṣāṃ cikitsitam |
svedābhyaṅgaparīṣekaiḥ pralepāsṛgvimokṣaṇaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.5
mṛdvīṃ kriyāṃ bṛṃhaṇīyair yathāsvaṃ bhojanais tathā |
ya evaṃ vetti doṣāṇāṃ cikitsāṃ kartum arhati ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.6
ata ūrdhvaṃ nāmaliṅgair vakṣye pālyām upadravān |
atpāṭakaś cotpuṭakaḥ śyāvaḥ kaṇḍūyuto bhṛśam ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.7
avamanthaḥ sakaṇḍūko granthiko jambulas tathā |
srāvī ca dāhavāṃś caiva śṛṇveṣāṃ kramaśaḥ kriyām ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.8
apāmārgaḥ sarjarasaḥ pāṭalālakucatvacau |
utpāṭake pralepaḥ syāt tailam ebhiś ca pācayet ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.9
śampākaśigrupūtīkān godhāmedo 'tha tadvasām |
vārāhaṃ gavyam aiṇeyaṃ pittaṃ sarpiś ca saṃsṛjet ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.10
lepam utpuṭake dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
gaurīṃ sugandhāṃ saśyāmām anantāṃ taṇḍulīyakam |

1931 ed. 1.16.26.11
śyāve pralepanaṃ dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
pāṭhāṃ rasāñjanaṃ kṣaudraṃ tathā syād uṣṇakāñjikam ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.12
dadyāl lepaṃ sakaṇḍūke tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
vraṇībhūtasya deyaṃ syād idaṃ tailaṃ vijānatā ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.13
madhukakṣīrakākolījīvakādyair vipācitam |
godhāvarāhasarpāṇāṃ vasāḥ syuḥ kṛtabṛṃhaṇe ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.14
pralepanam idaṃ dadyād avasicyāvamanthake |
prapauṇḍarīkaṃ madhukaṃ samaṅgāṃ dhavam eva ca ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.15
tailam ebhiś ca saṃpakvaṃ śṛṇu kaṇḍūmataḥ kriyām |
sahadevā viśvadevā ajākṣīraṃ sasaindhavam |
etair ālepanaṃ dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.16
granthike guṭikāṃ pūrvaṃ srāvayed avapāṭya tu |
tataḥ saindhavacūrṇaṃ tu ghṛṣṭvā lepaṃ pradāpayet ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.17
likhitvā tatsrutaṃ ghṛṣṭvā cūrṇair lodhrasya jambule |
kṣīreṇa pratisāryainaṃ śuddhaṃ saṃropayet tataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.18
madhuparṇī madhūkaṃ ca ma madhukaṃ madhunā saha |
lepaḥ srāviṇi dātavyas tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam ||

1931 ed. 1.16.26.19
pañcavalkaiḥ samadhukaiḥ piṣṭais taiś ca ghṛtānvitaiḥ |
jīvakādyaiḥ sasarpiṣkair dahyamānaṃ pralepayet ||)

1931 ed. 1.16.27
viśleṣitāyās tv atha nāsikāyā
vakṣyāmi sandhānavidhiṃ yathāvat |
nāsāpramāṇaṃ pṛthivīruhāṇāṃ
patraṃ gṛhītvā tv avalambi tasya ||

1931 ed. 1.16.28
tena pramāṇena hi gaṇḍapārśvād
utkṛtya baddhaṃ tv atha nāsikāgram |
vilikhya cāśu pratisaṃdadhīta
tat sādhubandhair bhiṣag apramattaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.16.29
susaṃhitaṃ samyag ato yathāvan
nāḍīdvayenābhisamīkṣya baddhvā |
pronnamya cainām avacūrṇayet tu
pataṅgayaṣṭīmadhukāñjanaiś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.16.30
saṃchādya samyak picunā sitena
tailena siñced asakṛt tilānām |
ghṛtaṃ ca pāyyaḥ sa naraḥ sujīrṇe
snigdho virecyaḥ sa yathopadeśam ||

1931 ed. 1.16.31
rūḍhaṃ ca sandhānam upāgataṃ syāt
tad ardhaśeṣaṃ tu punar nikṛntet |
hīnāṃ punar vardhayituṃ yateta
samāṃ ca kuryād ativṛddhamāṃsām ||

1931 ed. 1.16.32
nāḍīyogaṃ vinauṣṭhasya nāsāsandhānavad vidhim |
ya evam eva jānīyāt sa rājñaḥ kartum arhati ||

iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne karṇavyadhabandhavidhirnāma ṣoḍaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

saptadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.17.1
athāta āmapakvaiṣaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.17.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.17.3
śophasamutthānā granthividradhyalajīprabhṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyādhayo 'bhihitā anekākṛtayaḥ tair vilakṣaṇaḥ pṛthurgrathitaḥ samo viṣamo vā tvaṅnāṃsasthāyī doṣasaṃghātaḥ śarīraikadeśotthitaḥ śopha ity ucyate ||

1931 ed. 1.17.4
sa ṣaḍvidho vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātāgantunimittaḥ | tasya doṣarūpavyañjanair lakṣaṇāni vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tatra vātaśopho 'ruṇaḥ kṛṣṇo vā paruṣo mṛduranavasthitāstodāyaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti pittaśophaḥ pīto mṛduḥ sarakto vā śīghrānusāryoṣādayaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti śleṣmaśophaḥ pāṇḍuḥ śuklo vā kaṭhinaḥ śitaḥ snigdho mandānusārī kaṇḍvādayaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti sarvavarṇavedanaḥ sannipātajaḥ pittavacchoṇitajo 'tikṛṣṇaś ca pittaraktalakṣaṇa āganturlohitāvabhāsaś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.17.5
sa yadā bāhyābhyantaraiḥ kriyāviśeṣair na saṃbhāvitaḥ praśamayituṃ kriyāviparyayādbahutvād vā doṣāṇāṃ tadā pākābhimukho bhavati | tasyāmsya pacyamānasya pakvasya ca lakṣaṇamucyamānam upadhāraya | tatra mandoṣmatā tvaksavarṇatā śītaśophatā sthairyaṃ mandavedanatā'lpaśophatā cāmalakṣaṇamuddiṣṭaṃ sūcibhir iva nistudyate daśyata iva pipīlikābhis tābhiś ca saṃsarpyata iva chidyata iva śastreṇa bhidyata iva śaktibhis tāḍyata iva daṇḍena pīḍyata iva pāṇinā ghaṭyata iva cāṅgulyā dahyate pacyata iva cāgnikṣārābhyāṃ oṣacoṣaparīdāhāś ca bhavanti vṛś cikaviddha iva ca sthānāsanaśayaneṣu na śāntim upaiti ādhmātabastirivātataś ca śopho bhavati tvagvaivarṇyaṃ śophābhivṛddhirjvaradāhapipāsā bhaktāruciś ca pacyamānaliṅgaṃ vedanopaśāntiḥ pāṇḍutā'lpaśophatā valīprādurbhāvastvakparipuṭanaṃ nimnadarśanamaṅgulyā'vapīḍite pratyunnamanaṃ bastāvivodakasaṃcaraṇaṃ pūyasya prapīḍayatyekamantamante vā'vapīḍite muhurmuhustodaḥ kaṇḍūrunnatatā vyādher upadravaśāntirbhaktābhikāṅkṣā ca pakvaliṅgam ||

1931 ed. 1.17.6
kaphajeṣu tu rogeṣu gambhīragatitvād abhighātajeṣu vā keṣucid asamastaṃ pakvalakṣaṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā pakvam apakvam iti manyamāno bhiṣaṅnoham upaiti | yatra hi tvaksavarṇatā śītaśophatā sthaulyamalparujatā'śmavac ca ghanatā na tatra moham upeyād iti ||

1931 ed. 1.17.7
bhavanti cātra |
āmaṃ vipacyamānaṃ ca samyak pakvaṃ ca yo bhiṣak |
jānīyāt sa bhaved vaidyaḥ śeṣās taskaravṛttayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.17.8
vātādṛte nāsti rujā na pākaḥ pittādṛte nāsti kaphāc ca pūyaḥ |
tasmāt samastāḥ paripākakāle pacanti śophāṃs traya eva doṣāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.17.9
kālāntareṇābhyuditaṃ tu pittaṃ kṛtvā vaśe vātakaphau prasahya |
pacaty ataḥ śoṇitam eva pāko mato 'pareṣāṃ viduṣāṃ dvitīyaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.17.10
tatra āmacchede māṃsasirāsnāyvasthisandhivyāpādanam atimātraṃ śoṇitātipravṛttir vedanāprādurbhāvo 'vadaraṇam anekopadravadarśanaṃ kṣatavidradhirvā bhavati | sa yadā bhayamohābhyāṃ pakvam apy apakvam iti manyamānaś ciram upekṣate vyādhiṃ vaidyas tadā gambhīrānugato dvāram alabhamānaḥ pūyaḥ svam āśrayam avadā(ā.dī)ryotasaṅgaṃ mahāntam avakāśaṃ kṛtvā nāḍīṃ janayitvā kṛcchrasādhyo bhavaty asādhyo veti ||

1931 ed. 1.17.11
bhavanti cātra |
yaś chinatty āmam ajñānād yaś ca pakvam upekṣate |
śvapacāv iva mantavyau tāv aniścitakāriṇau ||

1931 ed. 1.17.12
prāk śastrakarmaṇaś ceṣṭaṃ bhojayed āturaṃ bhiṣak |
madyapaṃ pāyayen madyaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ yo vedanāsahaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.17.13
na mūrcchaty annasaṃyogān mattaḥ śastraṃ na budhyate |
tasmād avaśyaṃ bhoktavyaṃ rogeṣūkteṣu karmaṇi ||

1931 ed. 1.17.14
prāṇo hy ābhyantaro nṇṇāṃ bāhyaprāṇaguṇānvitaḥ |
dhārayaty avirodhena śarīraṃ pāñcabhautikam ||

1931 ed. 1.17.15
alpo mahān vā kriyayā vinā yaḥ samucchritaḥ pākam upaiti śophaḥ |
viśālamūlo viṣamo vidagdhaḥ sa kṛcchritāṃ yāty avagāḍhadoṣaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.17.16
ālepavisrāvaṇaśodhanais tu samyak prayukair yadi nopaśāmyet |
pacyet śīghraṃ samam alpamūlaḥ sa piṇḍitaś copari connataḥ syāt ||

1931 ed. 1.17.17
kakṣaṃ samāsādya yathaiva vahnir vāte(ā.yvī)ritaḥ saṃdahati prasahya |
tathaiva pūyo 'py aviniḥsṛto hi māṃsaṃ sirāḥ snāyu ca khādatīha ||

1931 ed. 1.17.18
ādau vimlāpanaṃ kuryād dvitīyam avasecanam |
tṛtīyam upanāhaṃ tu caturthīṃ pāṭanakriyām ||

1931 ed. 1.17.19
pañcamaṃ śodhanaṃ kuryāt ṣaṣṭhaṃ ropaṇam iṣyate |
ete kramā vraṇasyoktāḥ saptamaṃ vaikṛtāpaham ||

1931 ed. 1.17.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne āmapakvaiṣaṇīyo 'nāma saptadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

aṣṭādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.18.1
athāto vraṇālepanabandhavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.3
ālipa ādya upakramaḥ eṣa sarvaśophānāṃ sāmānyaḥ pradhānatamaś ca taṃ ca pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tato bandhaḥ pradhānaṃ tena śuddhirvraṇaropaṇamasthisaṃdhisthairyaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.18.4
tatra pratilomamālimpennānulomam | pratilome hi samyagauṣadhamavatiṣṭhate 'nupraviśati romakūpān svedavāhibhiś ca sirāmukhairvīryaṃ prāpnoti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.5
na ca śuṣyamāṇamupekṣeta anyatra pīḍayitavyāt śuṣko hy apārthako rukkaraś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.18.6
sa trividhaḥ pralepaḥ pradeha ālepaś ca | teṣām antaraṃ pralepaḥ śītas tanur aviśoṣī viśoṣī ca pradehas tūṣṇaḥ śīto vā bahalo 'bahur aviśoṣī ca madhaymo 'trālepaḥ | tatra raktapittaprasādakṛd ālepaḥ pradeho vātaśleṣmapraśamanaḥ saṃdhānaḥ śodhano ropaṇaḥ śophavedanāpahaś ca tasyopayogaḥ kṣatākṣateṣu yas tu kṣateṣūpayujyate sa bhūyaḥ kalka iti saṃjñāṃ labhate niruddālepanasaṃjñaḥ tenāsrāvasannirodho mṛdutā pūtimāṃsāpakarṣaṇam anantardoṣatā vraṇaśuddhiś ca bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.18.7
avidagdheṣu śopheṣu hitam ālepanaṃ bhavet |
yathāsvaṃ doṣaśamanaṃ dāhakaṇḍūrujāpaham ||

1931 ed. 1.18.8
tvakprasādanam evāgryaṃ māṃsaraktaprasādanam |
dāhapraśamanaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ todakaṇḍūvināśanam ||

1931 ed. 1.18.9
marmadeśeṣu ye togā guhyeṣv api tathā nṛām |
saṃśodhanāya teṣāṃ hi kuryād ālepanaṃ bhiṣak ||

1931 ed. 1.18.10
(?ṣaḍbhāgaṃ paittike snehaṃ catrubhāgaṃ tu vātike |
aṣṭabhāgaṃ tu kaphaje snehamātrāṃ pradāpayet ||)

1931 ed. 1.18.11
tasya pramāṇamārdramāhiṣacarmotsedham upadiśanti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.12
na cālepaṃ rātrau prayuñjīta mābhūc chaityapihitoṣmaṇas tad anirgamād vikārapravṛtti(ā.ddhi)r iti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.13
pradehasādhye vyādhau tu hitam ālepanaṃ divā |
pittaraktābhighātotthe saviṣe ca viśeṣataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.14
na ca paryuṣitaṃ lepaṃ kadācidavacārayet |
upary upari lepaṃ tu na kadācit pradāpayet ||

1931 ed. 1.18.15
ūṣmāṇaṃ vedanāṃ dāhaṃ ghanatvājjanayet sa hi |
na ca tenaiva lepena pradehaṃ dāpayet punaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.18.15ef
śuṣkabhāvāt sa nirvīryo yukto 'pi syād apārthakaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.16
ata ūrdhvaṃ vraṇabandhanadravyāṇy upadekṣyāmaḥ tad yathā kṣaumakārpāsāvikadukūlakauśeyapatrorṇacīnapaṭṭacarmāntarvalkalālābūśakalalatāvidalarajjutūlaphalasantānikālauhānīti teṣaṃ vyādhiṃ kālaṃ cāvekṣyopayogaḥ prakaraṇataś caiṣām ādeśaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.17
tatra kośadāmasvastikānuvellitapra(ā.mu)tolīmaṇḍalasthagikāyamakakhaṭvācīnavibandhavitānagophaṇāḥ pañcāṅgī ceti caturdaśa bandhaviśeṣāḥ | teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.18
tatra kośamaṅguṣṭhāṅguliparvasu vidadhyāt dāmasaṃbādhe 'ṅge sandhikūrcakabhrūstanāntaratalakarṇeṣu svastikaṃ anuvellitaṃ tu śākhāsu grīvāmeḍhrayoḥ pratolīṃ vṛtte 'ṅge maṇḍalaṃ aṅguṣṭhāṅgulimeḍhrāgreṣu sthagikāṃ yamalavraṇayor yamakaṃ hanuśaṅkhagaṇḍeṣu khaṭvāṃ apāṅgayoś cīnaṃ pṛṣṭhodaroraḥsu vibandhaṃ mūrdhani vitānaṃ cibukanāsauṣṭhāṃsabastiṣu gophaṇāṃ jatruṇa ūrdhvaṃ pañcāṅgīm iti yo vā yasmin śarīrapradeśe suniviṣṭo bhavati taṃ tasmin vidadhyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.18.19
yantraṇam ūrdhvamadhistiryak ca ||

1931 ed. 1.18.20
tatra ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā vāmahastaparikṣepamṛjum anāviddham asaṃkucitaṃ mṛdu paṭṭaṃ niveśya badhnīyāt | na ca vraṇasyopari kuryād granthim ābādhakaraṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.18.21
na ca vikeśikauṣadhe 'tisnigdhe 'tirūkṣe viṣame vā kurvīta yasmād atisnehāt kledo raukṣyāc chedo durnyāsāhraṇavartmāvagharṣaṇam iti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.22
tatra vraṇayatanaviśeṣād bandhaviśeṣas trividho bhavati gāḍhaḥ samaḥ śithila iti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.23
pīḍayann arujo gāḍhaḥ socchvāsaḥ śithilaḥ smṛtaḥ |
naiva gāḍho na śithilaḥ samo bandhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.24
tatra sphikkukṣikakṣāvaṅkṣaṇoruśiraḥsu gāḍhaḥ śākhāvadanakarṇakaṇṭhameḍhramuṣkapṛṣṭhapārśvodaroraḥsu samaḥ akṣṇoḥ sandhiṣu ca śithila ti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.25
tatra paittikaṃ gāḍhasthāne samaṃ badhnīyāt samasthāne śithilaṃ śithilasthāne naiva evaṃ śoṇitaduṣṭaṃ ca ślaiṣmikaṃ śithilasthāne samaṃ samasthāne gāḍhaṃ gāḍhasthāne gāḍhataraṃ evaṃ vātaduṣṭaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.18.26
tatra paittikaṃ śaradi grīṣme dvirahno badhnīyāt raktopadrutamapyevaṃ ślaiṣmikaṃ hemantavasantayostryahāt vātopadrutamapyevam | evamabhyūhya bandhaviparyayaṃ ca kuryāt ||

1931 ed. 1.18.27
tatra samaśithilasthāneṣu gāḍhaṃ baddhe vikeśikauṣadhanair arthakyaṃ śophavedanāprādurbhāvaś ca gāḍhasamasthāneṣu śithilaṃ baddhe vikeśikauṣadhapatanaṃ paṭṭasaṃcārāhraṇavartmāvagharṣanam iti gāḍhaśithilasthāneṣu samaṃ baddhe ca guṇābhāva iti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.28
aviparītabandhe vedanopaśāntir asṛkprasādo mārdavaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.18.29
abadhyamāno daṃśamaśakatṛṇakāṣṭhopalapāṃśuśītavātātapaprabhṛtibhir viśeṣair abhihanyate vraṇo vividhavedanopadrutaś ca duṣṭatām upaity ālepanādīni cāsya viśoṣam upayānti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.30
cūrṇitaṃ mathitaṃ bhagnaṃ viśliṣṭam atipātitam |
asthisnāyusirācchinnam āśu bandhena rohati ||

1931 ed. 1.18.31
sukham evaṃ vraṇī śete sukhaṃ gacchati tiṣṭhati |
sukhaṃ śayyāsanasthasya kṣipraṃ saṃrohati vraṇaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.32
abandhyāḥ pittaraktābhighātaviṣanimittā yadā ca śophadāhapākarāgatodavedanābhibhūtāḥ kṣārāgnidagdhāḥ pākāt prakuthitapraśīrṇamāṃsāś ca bhavanti ||

1931 ed. 1.18.33
kuṣṭhinām agnidagdhānāṃ piḍakā madhumehinām |
karṇikāś conduruviṣe viṣajuṣṭavraṇāś ca ye ||

1931 ed. 1.18.34
māṃsāpāke na badhyante gudapāke ca dāruṇe |
svabuddhyā cāpi vibhajet kṛtyākṛtyāṃś ca buddhimān ||

1931 ed. 1.18.35
deśaṃ doṣaṃ ca vijñāya vraṇaṃ ca vraṇakovidaḥ |
ṛtūṃś ca parisaṃkhyāya tato bandhān niveśayet ||

1931 ed. 1.18.36
ūrdhvaṃ tiryag adhastāc ca yantraṇā trividhā smṛtā |
yathā ca badhyate bandhas tathā vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.37
ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā mṛdu caivāpi paṭṭakam |
vikeśikāmauṣadhaṃ ca nātisnigdhaṃ samācaret ||

1931 ed. 1.18.38
prakledayatyatisnigdhā tathā rūkṣā kṣiṇoti ca |
yuktasnehā ropayati durnyastā vartma gharṣati ||

1931 ed. 1.18.39
viṣamaṃ ca vraṇaṃ kuryāt stambhayet srāvayet tathā |
yathāvraṇaṃ viditvā tu yogaṃ vaidyaḥ prayojayet ||

1931 ed. 1.18.40
pittaje raktaje vā'pi sakṛteva parikṣipet |
asakṛt kaphaje vā'pi vātaje ca vicakṣaṇaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.41
talena pratipīḍyātha srāvayed anulomataḥ |
sarvāṃś ca bandhān gūḍhāntān sandhīṃś ca viniveśayet ||

1931 ed. 1.18.42
oṣṭhasyāpyeṣa sandhāne yathoddiṣṭo vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ |
buddhyotprekṣyābhiyuktena tathā cāsthiṣu jānatā ||

1931 ed. 1.18.43
uttiṣṭhato niṣaṇṇasya śayanaṃ vā'dhigacchataḥ |
gacchato vividhair yānair nāsya duṣyati sa vraṇaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.18.44
ye ca syur māṃsasaṃsthā vai tvaggatāś ca tathā vraṇāḥ |
sandhyasthikoṣṭhaprāptāś ca sirāsnāyugatās tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.18.45
tathā'vagāḍhagambhīrāḥ sarvato viṣamasthitāḥ |
naite sādhayituṃ śakyā ṛte bandhādbhavanti hi ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vraṇālepanabandhavidhirnāmāṣṭādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekonaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.19.1
athāto vraṇitopāsanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantriḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.3
vraṇitasya prathamamevāgāramanvicchet taccāgāraṃ praśastavāstvād ikaṃ karyam ||

1931 ed. 1.19.4
praśastavāstuni gṛhe śucāvātapavarjite |
nivāte na ca rogāḥ syuḥ śārīrāgantumānasāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.5
tasmin śayanamasaṃbādhaṃ svāstīrṇaṃ manojñaṃ prākśiraskaṃ saśastraṃ kurvīt ||

1931 ed. 1.19.6
sukhaceṣṭāpracāraḥ syāt svāstīrṇe śayane vraṇī |
prācyāṃ diśi sthitā devāstatpūjārthaṃ ca tacchiraḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.7
tasmin suhṛdbhir anukūlaiḥ priyaṃvadair upāsyamāno yatheṣṭamāsīt ||

1931 ed. 1.19.8
suhṛdo vikṣipantyāśu kathābhir vraṇavedanāḥ |
āśvāsayanto bahuśastvanukūlāḥ priyaṃvadāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.9
na ca divānidrāvaśagaḥ syāt ||

1931 ed. 1.19.10
divāsvapnāddraṇe kaṇḍūrgātrāṇāṃ gauravaṃ tathā |
śvayathurvedanā rāgaḥ srāvaś caiva bhṛśaṃ bhavet ||//

1931 ed. 1.19.11
utthānasaṃveśanaparivartanacaṅkramaṇoccair bhāṣaṇādyāsvātmaceṣṭāsvapramatto vraṇaṃ saṃrakṣet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.12
sthānāsanaṃ caṅkramaṇaṃ divāsvapnaṃ tathaiva ca |
vraṇito na niṣeveta śaktimān api mānavaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.13
utthānādyāsanaṃ sthānaṃ śayyā cātiniṣevitā |
prāpnuyānmārutādaṅge rujastasmād vivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.14
gamyānāṃ ca strīṇāṃ saṃdarśanasaṃbhāṣaṇasaṃsparśanāni dūrataḥ pariharet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.15
strīdarśanādibhiḥ śukraṃ kadāciccalitaṃ sravet |
grāmyadharmakṛtāndoṣān so 'saṃsarge 'pyavāpnuyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.19.16
navadhānyamāṣatilakalāyakulatthaniṣpāvaharitakaśākāmlalavaṇakaṭukaguḍapiṣṭavikṛtivallūraśuṣkaśākājāvikānūpaudakamāṃsavasāśītodakakṛśarāpāyasadadhidugdhatakraprabhṛtīn pariharet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.17
takrānto navadhānyādiryo 'yaṃ varga udāhṛtaḥ |
doṣasaṃjanano hyeṣa vijñeyaḥ pūyavardhanaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.18
madyapaś ca maireyāriṣṭāsavaśīdhusurāvikārān pariharet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.19
madyamamlaṃ tathā rūkṣaṃ tīkṣṇamuṣṇaṃ ca vīryataḥ |
āśukāri ca tat pītaṃ kṣipraṃ vyāpādayed draṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.19.20
vātātaparajodhūmāvaśyāyātisevanātibhojanāniṣṭabhojanāśravaṇadarśanerṣyāmarṣabhayakrodhaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇaviṣamāśanaśayanopavāsavāgvyāyāmasthānacaṅkramaṇaśītavātaviruddhādhyaśanājīrṇamakṣikādyā bādhāḥ pariharet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.21
vraṇinaḥ saṃprataptasya kāraṇair evam ādibhiḥ |
kṣīṇaśoṇitamāṃsasya bhuktaṃ samyaṅga jīryati ||

1931 ed. 1.19.22
ajīrṇāt pavanādīnāṃ vibhramo balavān bhavet |
tataḥ śopharujāsrāvadāhapākānavāpnuyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.19.23
sadā nīcanakharomṇā śucinā śuklavāsasā śāntimaṅgaladevatābrāhmaṇagurupareṇa bhavitavyam iti | tat kasya hetoḥ hiṃsāvihārāṇi hi mahāvīryāṇi rakṣāṃsi paśupatikuberakumārānucarāṇi māṃsaśoṇitapriyatvāt kṣatajanimittaṃ vraṇinam upasarpanti satkārārthaṃ jighāṃsūni vā kadācit ||

1931 ed. 1.19.24
bhavati cātra
teṣāṃ satkārakāmānāṃ prayatetāntarātmanā |
dhūpabalyupahārāṃś ca bhakṣyāṃś caivopahārayet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.25
te tu saṃtarpitā ātmavantamk na hiṃsyuḥ | tasmāt satatamatandrito janaparivṛto nityaṃ dīpodakaśastrasragdāmapuṣpalājādyalaṅkṛte veśmani sāṃpanmaṅgalamano 'nukūlāḥ kathāḥ śṛṇvannāsīta ||

1931 ed. 1.19.26
saṃpadādyanukūlābhiḥ kathābhiḥ prītamānasaḥ |
āśāvān vyādhimokṣāya kṣipraṃ sukhamavāpnuyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.19.27
ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvavedābhihitair aparaiś cāśīrvidhānair upādhyāyā bhiṣajaś ca sandhyayo rakṣāṃ kuryuḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.28
sarṣapāriṣṭapatrābhyāṃ sarpiṣā lavaṇena ca |
dvirahnaḥ kārayed dhūpaṃ daśarātramatandritaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.29
chatrāmaticchatrāṃ lāṅgū(ā.ṅga)līṃ jaṭilāṃ brahmacāriṇīṃ lakṣmīṃ guhāmatiguhāṃ vacāmativiṣāṃ śatavīryāṃ sahasravīryāṃ siddhārthakāṃś ca śirasā dhārayet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.30
vyajyeta bālavyajanair vraṇaṃ na ca vighaṭṭayet |
na tuden na ca kaṇḍūyec chayānaḥ paripālayet ||

1931 ed. 1.19.31
anena vidhinā yuktam ādāv eva niśācarāḥ |
vanaṃ keśāriṇā+ākrāntaṃ varjayanti mṛgā iva ||

1931 ed. 1.19.32
jīrṇaśālyodanaṃ snigdhamalpamuṣṇaṃ dravottaram |
bhuñjāno jāṅgalair māṃsaiḥ śīghraṃ vraṇam apohati ||

1931 ed. 1.19.33
taṇḍulīyakajīvantīsuniṣaṇṇakavāstukaiḥ |
bālamūlakavātārkapaṭolaiḥ kāravellakaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.19.34
sadāḍimaiḥ sāmalakair ghṛtabhṛṣṭaiḥ sasaindhavaiḥ |
anyair evaṃguṇair vā'pi mudgādīnāṃ rasena vā ||
śaktūn vilepīṃ kulmāṣaṃ jalaṃ cāpi śṛtaṃ pibet |

1931 ed. 1.19.35
divā na nidrāvaśago nivātagṛhagocaraḥ ||
vraṇī vaidyavaśe tiṣṭhan śīghraṃ vraṇamapohati |

1931 ed. 1.19.36
vraṇe śvayathurāyāsāt sa ca rāgaś ca jāgarāt |
tau ca ruk ca divāsvāpāt tāś ca mṛtyuś ca maithunāt ||

1931 ed. 1.19.37
evaṃvṛttasamācāro vraṇī saṃpadyate sukhī |
āyuś ca dīrgham āpnoti dhanvantarivaco yathā ||

iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vraṇitopāsanīyo namaikonaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

viṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.20.1
athāto hitāhitīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.3
yad vāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam ity anena hetunā na kiṃcid dravyam ekāntena hitam ahitaṃ vāstīti kecid ācāryā bruvate | tat tu na samyak | iha khalu yasmād dravyāṇi svabhāvataḥ saṃyogataś caikāntahitāny ekāntāhitāni hitāhitāni ca bhavanti ||

1931 ed. 1.20.4
tatra ekāntahitāni jātisātmyāt salilaghṛtadugdhaudanaprabhṛtīni ekāntāhitāni tu dahanapacanamāraṇādiṣu pravṛttāny agnikṣāraviṣādīni saṃyogād aparāṇi viṣatulyāni bhavanti hitāhitāni tu yad vāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam iti ||

1931 ed. 1.20.5
ataḥ sarvaprāṇinām ayam āhārārthaṃ varga upadiśyate tad yathā raktaśaliṣaṣṭikakaṅgukamukundakapāṇḍukapītakapramodakakālakāsanapuṣpakakardamakaśakunāhṛtasugandhakakalamanīvārakodravoddālakaśyāmākagodhūmaveṇuyavādaya eṇahariṇakuraṅgamṛgamātṛkāśvadaṃṣṭrākarālakrakarakapotalāvatittirikapiñjalavartīravartikādīnāṃ māṃsāni mudgavanamudgamakuṣṭhakalāyamasūramaṅgalyacaṇakahareṇvāḍhakīsatīnāḥ cillivāstukasuniṣaṇṇakajīvantītaṇḍulīyakamaṇḍūkaparṇyaḥ gavyaṃ ghṛtaṃ saindhavadāḍimāmalakam ity eṣa vargaḥ sarvaprāṇināṃ sāmānyataḥ pathyatamaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.6
tathā brahmacaryanivātaśayanoṣṇodakasnānaniśāsvapnavyāyāmāś caikāntataḥ pathyatamāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.7
ekāntahitāny ekāntāhitāni ca prāg upadiṣṭāni hitāhitāni tu yad vāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam iti ||

1931 ed. 1.20.8
saṃyogatas tv aparāṇi viṣatulyāni bhavanti | tad yathā vallīphalakavakakarīrāmlaphalalavaṇakulatthapiṇyākadadhitailavirohipiṣṭaśuṣkaśākājāvikamāṃsamadyajāmbavacilicimamatsyagodhāvarāhāṃś ca naikadhyam aśnīyāt payasā ||

1931 ed. 1.20.9
rogaṃ sātmyaṃ ca deśaṃ ca kālaṃ dehaṃ ca buddhimān |
avekṣyāgnyādikān bhāvān rogavṛtteḥ prayojayet ||

1931 ed. 1.20.10ab
avasthāntarabāhulyād rogādīnāṃ vyavasthitam |

1931 ed. 1.20.10cd
dravyaṃ necchanti bhiṣaja icchanti svastharakṣaṇe ||

1931 ed. 1.20.11
dvayor anyatarādāne vadanti viṣadugdhayoḥ |
dugdhasyaikāntahitatāṃ viṣam ekāntato 'hitam ||

1931 ed. 1.20.12
evaṃ yuktaraseṣv eṣu dravyeṣu salilādiṣu |
ekāntahitatāṃ viddhi vatsa suśrta nānyathā ||

1931 ed. 1.20.13
ato 'nyāny api saṃyogādahitāni vakṣyāmaḥ na vavirūḍhadhānyair vasāmadhupayoguḍamāṣair vā grāmyānūpaudakapiśitādīni nābhyavaharet na payomadhubhyāṃ rohiṇīśākaṃ jātukaśākaṃ vā'śnīyāt balākāṃ vāruṇīkulmāṣābhyāṃ kākamācīṃ pippalīmaricābhyāṃ nāḍībhaṅgaśākakukkuṭadadhīni ca naikadhyaṃ madhu coṣṇodakānupānaṃ pittena cāmamāṃsāni surākṛśarāpāyasāṃś ca naikadhyaṃ sauvīrakeṇa saha tilaśaṣkulīṃ matsyaiḥ sahekṣuvikārān guḍena kākamācīṃ madhunā mūlakaṃ guḍena vārāhaṃ madhunā ca saha viruddhaṃ kṣīreṇa mūlakamāmrajāmbavaśvāvicchūkaragodhāś ca sarvāṃś ca matsyān payasā viśeṣeṇa cilicimaṃ kadalīphalaṃ tālaphalena payasā dadhnā takreṇa vā lakucaphalaṃ payasā dadhnā māṣasūpena vā prāk payasaḥ payaso 'nte vā ||

1931 ed. 1.20.14
ataḥ karmaviruddhān vakṣyāmaḥ kapotān sarṣapatailabhṛṣṭānnādyāt kapiñjalamayūralāvatittirigodhāś cairaṇḍadārvyagnisiddhā eraṇḍatailasiddhā vā nādyāt kāṃsyabhājane daśarātraparyuṣitaṃ sarpiḥ madhu coṣṇair uṣṇe vā matsyaparipacane śrṇgaveraparipacane vā siddhāṃ kākamācīṃ tilakalkasiddhamupodikāśākaṃ nārikelena varāhavasā paribhṛṣṭāṃ balākāṃ bhāsamaṅgāraśūlyaṃ nāśnīyād iti ||

1931 ed. 1.20.15
ato mānaviruddhān vakṣyāmaḥ madhvambunī madhusarpiṣī mānatastulye nāśnīyāt snehau madhusnehau jalasnehau vā viśeṣādāntarīkṣodakānupānau ||

1931 ed. 1.20.16
ata ūrdhvaṃ rasadvandvāni rasato vīryato vipākataś ca viruddhāni vakṣyāmaḥ tatra madhurāmlau rasavīryaviruddhau madhuralavaṇau ca madhurakaṭukau ca sarvataḥ madhuratiktau rasavipākābhyāṃ madhurakaṣāyau ca amlalavaṇau rasataḥ amlakaṭukau rasavipākābhyāṃ amlatiktāvamlakaṣāyau ca sarvataḥ lavaṇakaṭukau rasavipākābhyāṃ lavaṇatiktau lavaṇakaṣāyau ca sarvataḥ kaṭutiktau rasavīryābhyāṃ kaṭukaṣāyau ca tiktakaṣāyau rasataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.17
taratamayogayuktāṃś ca bhāvān atirūkṣān atisnigdhān atyuṣṇān atiśītān ity evam ādīn vivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.20.18
bhavanti cātra |
viruddhāny evam ādīni vīryato yāni kāni ca |
tāny ekāntāhitāny eva śeṣaṃ vidyād dhitāhitam ||

1931 ed. 1.20.19
vyādhim indriyadaurbalyaṃ maraṇaṃ cādhigacchati |
viruddharasavīryāṇi bhuñjāno 'nātmavān naraḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.20
yat kiṃcid doṣam utkleśya bhuktaṃ kāyān na nirharet |
rasādiṣv ayathārthaṃ vā tad vikārāya kalpate ||

1931 ed. 1.20.21
viruddhāśanajān rogān pratihanti virecanam |
vamanaṃ śamanaṃ vā'pi pūrvaṃ vā hitasevanam ||

1931 ed. 1.20.22
sātymyato 'lpatayā vā'pi dīptāgnes taruṇasya ca |
snigdhavyāyāmabalināṃ viruddhaṃ vitathaṃ bhavet ||

1931 ed. 1.20.23
atha vātaguṇān vakṣyāmaḥ
pūrvaḥ samadhuraḥ snigdho lavaṇaś caiva mārutaḥ |
gururvidāhajanano raktapittābhivardhanaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.24
kṣatānāṃ viṣajuṣṭānāṃ vraṇinaḥ śleṣmalāś ca |
teṣām eva viśeṣeṇa sadā rogavivardhanaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.25
vātalānāṃ praśastaś ca śrāntānāṃ kaphaśoṣiṇām |
teṣām eva viśeṣeṇa vraṇakledavivardhanaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.26
madhuraś cāvidāhī ca kaṣāyānuraso laghuḥ |
dakṣiṇo mārutaḥ śreṣṭhaś cakṣuṣyo balavardhanaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.27
raktapittapraśamano na ca vātaprakopaṇaḥ |
viśado rūkṣaparuṣaḥ kharaḥ snehabalāpahaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.28
paścimo mārutastīkṣṇaḥ kaphamedoviśoṣaṇaḥ |
sadyaḥ prāṇakṣayakaraḥ śoṣaṇas tu śarīriṇām ||

1931 ed. 1.20.29
uttaro mārutaḥ snigdho mṛdurmadhura eva ca |
kaṣāyānurasaḥ śīto doṣāṇāṃ cāprakopaṇaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.20.30
tasmāc ca prakṛtisthānāṃ kledano balavardhanaḥ |
kṣīṇakṣayaviṣārtānāṃ viśeṣeṇa tu pūjitaḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne hitāhitīyo nāma viṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.21.1
athāto vraṇapraśnam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.3
vātapittaśleṣmāṇa eva dehasaṃbhavahetavaḥ | tair evāvyāpannair adhomadhyor dhvasanniviṣṭaiḥ śarīramidaṃ dhāryate 'gāram iva sthūṇābhis tisṛbhir ataś ca tristhūṇamāhureke | ta eva ca vyāpannāḥ pralayahetavaḥ | tadebhir eva śoṇitacaturthaiḥ saṃbhavasth itipralayeṣv apyavirahitaṃ śarīraṃ bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.21.4
bhavati cātra |
narte dehaḥ kaphād asti na pittānna ca mārutāt |
śoṇitād api vā nityaṃ deha etais tu dhāryate ||

1931 ed. 1.21.5
tatra vā gatigandhanayor iti dhātuḥ tapa santāpe śliṣa āliṅgane eteṣāṃ kṛdvihitaiḥ pratyayair vātaḥ pittaṃ śleṣmeti ca rūpāṇi bhavanti ||

1931 ed. 1.21.6
doṣasthānānyata ūrdhvaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tatra samāsena vātaḥ śroṇigudasaṃśrayaḥ tad upary adho nābheḥ pakvāśayaḥ pakvāmāśayamadhyaṃ pittasya āmāśayaḥ śleṣmaṇaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.7
ataḥ paraṃ pañcadhā vibhajyante | tatra vātasya vātavyādhau vakṣyāmaḥ pittasya yakṛtplīhānau hṛdayaṃ dṛṣtistvak pūrvoktaṃ ca śleṣmaṇastūraḥśiraḥkaṇṭhasandhaya iti pūrvoktaṃ ca etāni khalu doṣāṇāṃ sthānānyavyāpannānām ||

1931 ed. 1.21.8
visargādānavikṣepaiḥ somasūryānilā yathā |
dhārayanti jagaddehaṃ kaphapittānilās tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.21.9
tatra jijñāsyaṃ kiṃ pittavyatirekādanyo 'gniḥ āhosvit pittamevāgnir iti | atrocyate na khalu pittavyatirekādanyo 'gnir upalabhyate āgneyatvāt pitte dahanapacanādiṣvabhipravartamāneṣv agnivad upacāraḥ kriyate 'ntaragnir iti kṣiṇe hy agniguṇe tatsamānadravyopayogādativṛddhe śītakriyopayogādāgamāc ca paśyāmo na khalu pittavyatirekādanyo 'gnir iti ||

1931 ed. 1.21.10
taccādṛṣṭahetukena viśeṣeṇa pakvāmāśayamadhyasthaṃ pittaṃ caturvidhamannapānaṃ pacati vivecayati ca doṣarasamūtrapurīṣāṇi tatrastham eva cātmaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ pittasthānānāṃ śarīrasya cāgnikarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti tasmin pitte pācako 'gnir iti saṃjñā yat tu yakṛtplīhnoḥ pittaṃ tasmin rañjako 'gnir iti saṃjñā sa rasasya rāgakṛduktaḥ yat pittaṃ hṛdayasaṃsthaṃ tasmin sādhako 'gnir iti saṃjñā so 'bhiprārthitamanorathasādhanakṛduktaḥ yaddṛṣṭyāṃ pittaṃ tasminnālocako 'gnir iti saṃjñā sa rūpagrahaṇādhikṛtaḥ yat tu tvaci pittaṃ tasmin bhrājako 'gnir iti saṃjñā so 'bhyaṅgapariṣekāvagāhāvalepanādīnāṃ kriyādravyāṇāṃ paktā chāyānāṃ ca prakāśakaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.11
pittaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ dravam pūti nīlaṃ pītaṃ tathaiva ca |
uṣṇaṃ kaṭurasaṃ caiva vidagdhaṃ cāmlam eva ca ||

1931 ed. 1.21.12
ata ūrdhvaṃ śleṣmasthānānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tatra āmāśayaḥ pittāśayasyopariṣṭhāttatpratyanīkatvād ūrdhvagatitvāt tejasaś candra iva ādityasya sa caturvidhasyāhārasyādhāraḥ sa ca tatraudakair guṇair āhāraḥ praklinno bhinnasaṃghātaḥ sukhajaraś ca bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.21.13
mādhuryāt picchilatvāc ca prakleditvāt tathaiva ca |
āmāśaye saṃbhavati śleṣmā madhuraśītalaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.14
sa tatrastha eva svaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ śleṣmasthānānāṃ śarīrasya codakakarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti uraḥsthastrikasandhāraṇamātmavīryeṇānnarasasahitena hṛdayāvalambanaṃ karoti jihvāmūlakaṇṭhastho jihvendriyasya saumyatvāt samyagrasajñāne vartate śiḥrasthaḥ snehasaṃtarpaṇādhikṛtatvād indriyāṇāmātmavīryeṇānugrahaṃ karoti sandhisthas tu śleṣmā sarvasandhisaṃśleṣāt sarvasandhyagranuhaṃ karoti ||

1931 ed. 1.21.15
śleṣmā śveto guruḥ snigdhaḥ picchilaḥ śīta eva ca |
madhurastvavigdhaḥ syādvidagdho lavaṇaḥ srṃtaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.16
śoṇitasya sthānaṃ yakṛtplīhānau tac ca prāgabhihitaṃ tatrastham eva śeṣāṇāṃ śoṇitasthānānāmanugrahaṃ karoti ||

1931 ed. 1.21.17
anuṣṇaśītaṃ madhuraṃ snigdhaṃ raktaṃ ca varṇataḥ |
śoṇitaṃ guru visraṃ syādvidāhaś cāsya pittavat ||

1931 ed. 1.21.18
etāni khalu doṣasthānāni eṣu saṃcīyante doṣāḥ | prāk saṃcayahetur uktaḥ | tatra saṃcitānāṃ khalu doṣāṇāṃ stabdhapūrṇakoṣṭhatā pītāvabhāsatā mandoṣmatā cāṅgānāṃ gauravamālasyaṃ cayakāraṇavidveṣaś ceti liṅgāni bhavanti | tatra prathamaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.19
ata ūrdhvaṃ prakopaṇāni vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra balavadvigrahātivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanaprapatanapradhāvanaprapīḍanābhighātalaṅghanaplavanataraṇarātrijāgaraṇabhāraharaṇagajaturagarathapadāticaryākaṭukaṣāyatiktarūkṣalaghuśītavīryaśuṣkaśākavallūravarakoddālakakoradūṣaśyāmākanīvāramudgamasūrāḍhakīhareṇukalāyaniṣpāvānaśanaviṣamāśanādhyaśanavātamūtrapurīṣaśukracchardikṣavathūdgārabāṣpavegavighātādibhir viśeṣair vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate ||

1931 ed. 1.21.20
sa śītābhrapravāteṣu gharmānte ca viśeṣataḥ |
pratyūṣasyaparāhṇe tu jīrṇe 'nne ca prakupyati ||

1931 ed. 1.21.21
krodhaśokabhayāyāsopavāsavidagdhamaithunopagamanakaṭvamlalavaṇatīkṣṇoṣṇalaghuvidāhitilatailapiṇyākakulatthasarṣapātasīharitakaśākagodhāmatsyājāvikamāṃsadadhitakrakūrcikāmastusauvīrakasurāvikārāmlaphalakaṭvaraprabhṛtibhiḥ pittaṃ prakopamāpadyate ||

1931 ed. 1.21.22
taduṣṇair uṣṇakāle ca meghānte ca viṣeśataḥ |
madhyāhne cārdharātre ca jīryatyanne ca kupyati ||

1931 ed. 1.21.23
divāsvapnāvyāyāmālasyamadhurāmlalavaṇaśītasnigdhagurupicchilābhiṣyandihāyanakayavakanaiṣadhetkaṭamāṣamahāmāṣagodhūma-tila-piṣṭa-vikṛtidadhidugdhakṛśarāpāyasekṣu-vikārānūpaudakamāṃsavasābisamṛṇālakaserukaśṛṅgāṭakamadhura-vallī-phalasamaśanādhyaśanaprabhṛtibhiḥ śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate ||

1931 ed. 1.21.24
sa śītaiḥ śītakāle ca vasante ca viśeṣataḥ |
pūrvāhṇe ca pradoṣe ca bhuktamātre prakupyati ||

1931 ed. 1.21.25
pittaprakopaṇair eva cābhīkṣṇaṃ dravasnigdhagurubhir āhārair divāsvapnakrodhānalātapaśramābhighātājīrṇaviruddhādhyaśanādibhir viśeṣair asṛk prakopamāpadyate ||

1931 ed. 1.21.26
yasmādraktmaṃ vinā doṣair nā kadācit prakupyati |
tasmāt tasya yathādoṣaṃ kālaṃ vidyātprakopaṇe ||

1931 ed. 1.21.27
teṣāṃ prakopāt koṣṭhatodasaṃcaraṇāmlikāpipāsāparidāhānnadveṣahṛdayotkledāś ca jāyante | tatra dvitīyaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.28
ata ūrdhvaṃ prasaraṃ vakṣyāmaḥ teṣām ebhir ātaṅkaviśeṣaiḥ prakupitānāṃ (paryuṣita) kiṇvodakapiṣṭasamavāya ivodriktānāṃ prasaro bhavati | teṣāṃ vāyur gatimattvāt prasaraṇahetuḥ saty apy acaitanye | sa hi rajobhūyiṣṭhaḥ rajaś ca pravartakaṃ sarvabhāvānām | yathā mahānudakasaṃcayo 'tivṛddhaḥ setumavadāryāpareṇodakena vyāmiśraḥ sarvataḥ pradhāvati evaṃ doṣāḥ kadācidekaśo dviśaḥ samastāḥ śoṇitasahitā vā'nekadhā prasaranti | tad yathā vātaḥ pittaṃ śleṣmā śoṇitaṃ vātapitte vātaśleṣmāṇau pittaśleṣmāṇau vātaśoṇite pittaśoṇite śleṣmaśoṇite vātapittaśoṇitāni vātaśleṣmaśoṇitāni pittaśleṣmaśoṇitāni vātapittakaphāḥ vātapittakaphaśoṇitāni ity evaṃ pañcadaśadhā prasanti ||

1931 ed. 1.21.29
kṛtsne 'rdhe 'vayave vā'pi yatrāṅge kupito bhṛśam |
doṣo vikāraṃ nabhasi meghavattatra varṣati ||

1931 ed. 1.21.30
nātyarthaṃ kupitaś cāpi līno mārgeṣu tiṣṭhati |
niṣpratyanīkaḥ kālena hetumāsādya kupyati ||

1931 ed. 1.21.31
tatra vāyoḥ pittasthānagatasya pittavat pratīkāraḥ pittasya ca kaphasthānagatasya kaphavat kaphasya ca vātasthānagatasya vātavat eṣa kriyāvibhāgaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.32
evaṃ prakupitānāṃ prasaratāṃ ca vāyor vimārgagamanāṭopau oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni pittasya arocakāvipākāṅgasādāś chardiś ceti śleṣmaṇo liṅgāni bavanti tatra tṛtīyaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.33
ata ūrdhvaṃ sthānasaṃśrayaṃ | evaṃ prakupitāḥ tāṃstān śarīrapradeśānāgamya tāṃstān vyādhīn janayanti | te yadodarasanniveśaṃ kurvanti tadā gulmavidradhyudarāgnisaṅgānāhavisūcikātisāraprabhṛtīn janayanti bastigatāḥ pramehāśmarīmūtrāghātamūtradoṣaprabhṛtīn vṛṣaṇagatā vṛddhīḥ meḍhragatā niruddhaprakaśopadaṃśaśūkadoṣaprabhṛtīn gudagatā bhagandarārśaḥprabhṛtīn ūrdhvajatrugatāstūrdhvajān tavaṅnāṃsaśoṇitasthāḥ kṣudrarogān kuṣṭhāni visarpāṃś ca medogatā granthyapacyarbudagalagaṇḍālajīprabhṛtīn asthigatā vidradhyanuśayīprabhṛtīn pādagatāḥ ślīpadavātaśoṇitavātakaṇṭakaprabhṛtīn sarvāṅgāgatā jvarasaravāṅgarogaprabhṛtīn teṣāmevamabhiniviṣṭānāṃ pūrvarūpaprādurbhāvaḥ taṃ pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra pūrvarūpagateṣu caturthaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.34
ata ūrdhvaṃ vyādherdarśanaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ śophārbudagranthividradhivisarpaprabhṛtīnāṃ pravyaktalakṣaṇatā jvarātīsāraprabhṛtīnāṃ ca | tatra pañcamaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.35
ata ūrdhvameteṣāmavadīrṇānāṃ braṇabhāvamāpannānāṃ ṣaṣṭhaḥ kriyākālaḥ jvarātisāraprabhṛtīnāṃ ca dīrghakālānubandhaḥ | tatrāpratikriyamāṇe 'sādhyatām upayānti ||

1931 ed. 1.21.36
bhavanti cātra |
saṃcayaṃ ca prakopaṃ ca prasaraṃ sthānasaṃśrayam |
vyaktiṃ bhedaṃ ca yo vetti doṣāṇāṃ sa bhavedbhiṣak ||

1931 ed. 1.21.37
saṃcaye 'pahṛtā doṣā labhante nottarā gatīḥ |
te tūttarāsu gatiṣu bhavanti balavattarāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.21.38
sarvair bhāvais tribhir vā'pi dvābhyāmekena vā punaḥ |
saṃsarge kupitaḥ kruddhaṃ doṣaṃ doṣo 'nudhāvati ||

1931 ed. 1.21.39
saṃsarge yo garīyān syād upakramyaḥ sa vai bhavet |
śeṣadoṣāvirodhena sannipāte tathaiva ca ||

1931 ed. 1.21.40
vṛṇoti yasmāt rūḍhe 'pi vraṇavas tu na naśyati |
ādehadhāraṇāttasmād draṇa ity ucyate budhaiḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrashtāne vraṇapraśnādhyāyo nāmaikaviṃśodhyāyaḥ

dvāviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.22.1
athāto vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyamaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.22.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.22.3
tvaṅnāṃsasirāsnāyvasthisandhikoṣṭhamarmāṇītyaṣṭau vraṇavastūni | atra sarvavraṇasanniveśaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.22.4
tatra ādyaikavastusanniveśī tvagbhedī vraṇaḥ sūpacaraḥ śeṣāḥ svayamavaddīryamāṇā durupacārāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.22.5
tatrāyataś caturasro vṛttastripuṭaka iti vraṇākṛtisamāsaḥ śeṣās tu vikṛtākṛtayo durupakramā bhavanti ||

1931 ed. 1.22.6
sarva eva vraṇāḥ kṣipraṃ saṃrohantyātmavatāṃ subhiṣagbhiś copakrāntāḥ anātmavatāmajñaiś copakrāntāḥ praduṣyanti pravṛddhatvāc ca doṣāṇāṃ ||

1931 ed. 1.22.7
tatrātisaṃvṛto 'tivivṛto 'tikaṭhino 'timṛdurutsanno 'vasanno 'tiśīto 'tyuṣṇaḥ kṛṣṇaraktapītaśuklādīnāṃ varṇānām anyatamavarṇo bhairavaḥ pūtipūyamāṃsasirāsnāyuprabhṛtibhiḥ pūrṇaḥ pūtipūyāsrāvyunmārgyutsaṅgyamanojñadarśanagandho 'tyarthaṃ vedanāvān dāhapākarāgakaṇḍūśophapiḍakopadruto 'tyarthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitāsrāvī dīrghakālānubandhī ceti duṣṭavraṇaliṅgāni | tasya doṣocchrāyeṇa ṣaṭtvaṃ vibhajya yathāsvaṃ pratīkāre prayateta ||

1931 ed. 1.22.8a
ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvasrāvān vakṣyāmaḥ tatra ghṛṣṭāsu chinnāsu vā tvakṣu sphoṭeṣu bhinneṣu vidāriteṣu vā salilaprakāśo bhavatyāsrāvaḥ kiṃcidvisraḥ pītāvabhāsaś ca māṃsagataḥ sadyaś chinnāsu sirāsu raktātipravṛttiḥ pakvāsu ca toyanāḍībhir iva toyāgamanaṃ pūyasya āsrāvaś cātra tanur vicchinnaḥ picchilo 'valambī śyāvo 'vaśyāyapratimaś ca snāyugataḥ snigdho ghanaḥ siṃghāṇakapratimaḥ saraktaś ca asthigato 'sthanyabhihate sphuṭite bhinne doṣāvadārite vā doṣabhakṣitatvād asthi niḥsāraṃ śuktidhautamivābhāti āsrāvaś cātra majjamiśraḥ sarudhiraḥ snigdhaś ca saṃdhigataḥ pīḍyamāno na pravartate ākuñcanaprasāraṇonnamanavinamanapradhāvanotkāsanapravāhaṇaiś ca sravati āsrāvaś cātra picchilo 'valambī saphenapūyarudhironmathitaś ca koṣṭhagato 'sṛṅnūtrapurīṣapūyodakāni sravati marmagatas tvagādiṣv avaruddhatvān nocyate |

1931 ed. 1.22.8b
tatra tvagādigatānāmāsrāvāṇāṃ yathākramaṃ pāruṣyaśyāvāvaśyāyadadhimastukṣārodakamāṃsadhāvanapulākodakasannibhatvāni mārutādbhavanti pittād gomedagomūtrabhasmaśaṅkhakaṣāyodakamādhvīkatailasannibhatvāni pittavadraktādativisratvaṃ ca kaphānnavanītakāsīsamajjapiṣṭatilanārikelodakavarāhavasāsannibhatvāni sannipātānnārikelodakair vārukarasakāñjikaprasādārukodakapriyaṅguphalayakṛnmudgayūṣasavarṇatvānīti ||

1931 ed. 1.22.9
ślokau cātra bhavataḥ |
pakvāśayādasādhyas tu pulākodakasannibhiḥ |
kṣārodakanibhaḥ srāvo varjyo raktāśayātsravan ||

1931 ed. 1.22.10
āmāśayāt kalāyāmbhonibhaś ca trikasandhijaḥ |
srāvānetān parīkṣyādau tataḥ karmācared bhiṣak ||

1931 ed. 1.22.11
ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvavraṇavedanā vakṣyāmaḥ todanabhedanatāḍanacchedanāyamanamanthanavikṣepaṇacum cumāyananirdahanāvabhañjanasphoṭanavidāraṇotpāṭanakampanavividhaśūlaviśleṣaṇavikiraṇapūraṇastambhanasvapnākuñcanāṅkuśikāḥ saṃbhavanti animittavividhavedanāprādurbhāvo vā muhurmuhur yatrāgacchanti vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ vātikam iti vidyāt oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni yatra gātramaṅgārāvakīrṇam iva pacyate yatra coṣmābhivṛddhiḥ kṣate kṣārāvasiktavac ca vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ paittikam iti vidyāt pittavadraktasamutthaṃ jānīyāt kaṇḍūrgurutvaṃ suptatvam upadeho 'lpavedanatvaṃ stambhaḥ śaityaṃ ca yatra taṃ ślaiṣmikam iti vidyāt yatra sarvāsāṃ vedanānām utpattis taṃ sānnipātikam iti vidyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.22.12
ata ūrdhvaṃ vraṇavarṇān vakṣyāmaḥ bhasmakapotāsthivarṇaḥ paruṣo 'ruṇaḥ kṛṣṇa iti mārutajasya nīlaḥ pīto haritaḥ śyāvaḥ kṛṣṇo raktaḥ kapilaḥ piṅgala iti raktapittasamutthayoḥ śvetaḥ snigdhaḥ pāṇḍur iti śleṣmajasya sarvavarṇopetaḥ sānnipātika iti ||

1931 ed. 1.22.13
bhavati cātra |
na kevalaṃ vraṇeṣūkto vedanāvarṇasaṃgrahaḥ |
sarvaśophavikāreṣu vraṇaval lakṣayed bhiṣak ||

trayoviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.23.1
athātaḥ kṛtyākṛtyavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.3
tatra vayaḥsthānāṃ dṛḍhānāṃ prāṇavatāṃ sattvavatāṃ ca sucikitsyā vraṇāḥekasmin vā puruṣe yatraitad guṇacatuṣṭayaṃ tasya sukhasādhanīyatamāḥ | tatra vayaḥsthānāṃ pratyagradhātutvād āśu vraṇā rohanti dṛḍhānāṃ sthirabahumāṃsatvāc chastram avacāryamāṇaṃ sirāsnāyvādiviśeṣān na prāpnoti prāṇavatāṃ vedanābhighātāhārayantraṇādibhir na glānir utpadyate sattvavatāṃ dāruṇair api kriyāviśeṣair na vyathā bhavati tasmād eteṣāṃ sukhasādhanīyatamāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.4
ta eva viparītaguṇā vṛddhakṛśālpaprāṇabhīruṣu draṣṭavyāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.5
sphikpāyuprajananalalāṭagaṇḍauṣṭhapṛṣṭhakarṇaphalakoṣodarajatrumukhābhyantarasaṃsthāḥ sukharopaṇīyā vraṇāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.6
akṣidantanāsāpāṅgaśrotranābhijaṭharasevanīnitambapārśvakukṣivakṣaḥkakṣāstanasandhibhāgagatāḥ saphenapūyaraktānilavāhino 'ntaḥśalyāś ca duścikitsyāḥ adhobhāgāś cordhvabhāganirvāhiṇo romāntopanakhamarmajaṅghāsthisaṃśritāś ca bhagandaram api cāntarmukhaṃ sevanīkuṭakāsthisaṃśritam ||

1931 ed. 1.23.7
kuṣṭhināṃ viṣajuṣṭānāṃ śoṣiṇāṃ madhumehinām |
vraṇāḥ kṛcchreṇa sidhyanti yeṣāṃ cāpi vraṇe vraṇāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.8
avapāṭikāniruddhaprakaśasanniruddhagudajaṭharagranthikṣatakrimayaḥ pratiśyāyajāḥ koṣṭhajāś ca tvagdoṣiṇāṃ pramehiṇāṃ vā ye parikṣateṣu dṛśyante śarkarā sikatāmeho vātakuṇḍalikā'ṣṭhīlā dantaśarkaropakuśaḥ kaṇṭhaśālūkaṃ niṣkoṣaṇadūṣitāś ca dantaveṣṭā visarpāsthikṣatoraḥkṣatavraṇagranthiprabhṛtayaś ca yāpyāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.9
sādhyā yāpyatvam āyānti yāpyāś cāsādhyatāṃ tathā |
ghnanti prāṇān asādhyās tu narāṇām akriyāvatām ||

1931 ed. 1.23.10
yāpanīyaṃ vijānīyāt kriyā dhārayate tu yam |
kriyāyāṃ tu nivṛttāyāṃ sadya eva vinaśyati ||

1931 ed. 1.23.11
prāptā kriyā dhārayati yāpyavayādhitam āturam |
prapatiṣyadivāgāraṃ viṣkambhaḥ sādhuyojitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.12
ata ūrdhvam asādhyān vakṣyāmaḥ māṃsapiṇḍavad udgatāḥ prasekino 'ntaḥpūyavedanāvanto 'śvāpānavad udvṛttauṣṭhāḥ kecit kaṭhinā gośṛṅgavad unnatamṛdumāṃsaprarohāḥ apare duṣṭarudhirāsrāviṇastanuśītapicchilasrāviṇo vā madhyonnatāḥ kecid avasannaśuṣiraparyantāḥ śaṇatūlavat snāyujālavanto durdarśanāḥ vasāmedomajjamastuluṅgasrāviṇaś ca doṣasamutthāḥ pītāsitamūtrapurīṣavātavāhinaś ca koṣṭhasthāḥ ta evobhayatobhāgavraṇamukheṣu pūyaraktanirvāhiṇaḥ (ā.kṣīṇamāṃsānāṃ ca) sarvato gatayaś cāṇumukhā māṃsabudbudavantaḥ saśabdavātavāhinaś ca śiraḥkaṇṭhasthāḥ kṣīṇamāṃsānāṃ ca pūyaraktanirvāhiṇo 'rocakāvipākakāsaśvāsopadravayuktāḥ bhinne vā śiraḥkapāle yatra mastuluṅgadarśanaṃ tridoṣaliṅgaprādurbhāvaḥ kāsaśvāsau vā yasyeti ||

1931 ed. 1.23.13
bhavanti cātra |
vasāṃ medo 'tha majjānaṃ mastuluṅgaṃ ca yaḥ sravet |
āgantus tu vraṇaḥ sidhyen na sidhyed doṣasaṃbhavaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.14
amarmopahite deśe sirāsandhyasthivarjite |
vikāro yo 'nuparyeti tad asādhyasya lakṣaṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.23.15
krameṇopacayaṃ prāpya dhatūn anugataḥ śanaiḥ |
na śakya unmūlayituṃ vṛddho vṛkṣa ivāmayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.16
sa sthiratvān mahattvāc ca dhātvanukramaṇena ca |
nihantyauṣadhavīryāṇi mantrān duṣṭagraho yathā ||

1931 ed. 1.23.17
ato yo viparītaḥ syāt sukhasādhyaḥ sa ucyate |
abaddhamūlaḥ kṣupako yadvad utpāṭane sukhaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.23.18
tribhir doṣair anākrāntaḥ śyāvauṣṭhaḥ piḍakī samaḥ |
avedano nirāsrāvo vraṇaḥ śuddha ihocyate ||

1931 ed. 1.23.19
kapotavarṇapratimā yasyāntāḥ kledavarjitāḥ |
sthirāś cipiṭikāvanto rohatīti tam ādiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.23.20
rūḍhavartmānam agranthim aśūnam arujaṃ vraṇam |
tvaksavarṇaṃ samatalaṃ samyag rūḍhaṃ vinirdiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.23.21
doṣaprakopād vyāyāmādabhighātādajīrṇataḥ |
harṣāt krodhād bhayād vā 'pi vraṇo rūḍho 'pi dīryate ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne kṛtyākṛtyavidhirnāma trayoviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

caturviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.24.1
athāto vyādhisamuddeśīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.24.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.24.3
dvividhās tu vyādhayaḥ śastrasādhyāḥ snehādikriyāsādhyāś ca | tatra śastrasādhyeṣu snehādikriyā na pratiṣidhyate snehādikriyāsādhyeṣu śastrakarma na kriyate ||

1931 ed. 1.24.4
asmin punaḥ śāstre sarvatantrasāmānyāt sarveṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ yathāsthūlam avarodhaḥ kriyate | prāgabhihitaṃ tadduḥkhasaṃyogā vyādhaya iti | tac ca duḥkhaṃ trividhaṃ ādhyātmikaṃ ādhibhautikaṃ ādhidaivikam iti | tat tu saptavidhe vyādhāv upanipatati | te punaḥ saptavidhā vyādhayaḥ tad yathā ādibalapravṛttāḥ janmabalapravṛttāḥ doṣabalapravṛttāḥ saṃghātabalapravṛttāḥ kālabalapravṛttāḥ daivabalapravṛttāḥ svabhāvabalapravṛttā iti ||

1931 ed. 1.24.5
tatrādibalapravṛttā ye śukraśoṇitadoṣānvayāḥ kuṣṭhārśaḥprabhṛtayaḥ te 'pi dvividhāḥ mātṛjāḥ pitṛjāś ca | janmabalapravṛttā ye māturapacārāt paṅgujātyandhabadhiramūkaminminavāmanaprabhṛtayo jāyante te 'pi dvividhā rasakṛtāḥ dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāś ca | doṣabalapravṛttā ya ātaṅkasamutpannā mithyāhārācārakṛtāś ca te 'pi dvividhāḥ āmāśayasamutthāḥ pakvāśayasamutthāś ca | punaś ca dvividhāḥ śārīrā mānasāś ca | ta ete ādhyātmikāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.24.6
saṃghātabalapravṛttā ya āgantavo durbalasya balavadvigrahāt te 'pi dvividhāḥ śastrakṛtā vyālakṛtāś ca | ete ādhibhautikāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.24.7a
kālabalapravṛttā ye śītoṣṇavātavarṣāprabhṛtinimittāḥ te 'pi dvividhāḥ vyāpannartukṛtā avyāpannartukṛtāś ca |

1931 ed. 1.24.7
daivabalapravṛttā ye devadrohādabhiśastakā atharvaṇakṛtā upasargajāś ca te 'pi dvividhāḥ vidyudaśanikrtāḥ piśācādikṛtāś ca punaś ca dvividhāḥ saṃsargajā ākasmikāś ca | svabhāvabalapravṛttāḥ kṣutpipāsājarāmṛtyunidrāprabhṛtayaḥ te 'pi dvividhāḥ kālakṛtā akālakṛtāś ca tatra parirakṣaṇakṛtāḥ kālakṛtāḥ aparirakṣaṇakṛtā akālakṛtāḥ | ete ādhidaivikāḥ | atra sarvavyādhyavarodhaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.24.8
sarveṣāṃ ca vyādhīnāṃ vātapittaśleṣmāṇa eva mūlaṃ talliṅgatvād dṛṣṭaphalatvād āgamāc ca | yathā hi kṛtsnaṃ vikārajātaṃ viśvarūpeṇāvasthitaṃ sattva rajas tamāṃsi na vyatiricyante evam eva kṛtsnaṃ vikārajātaṃ viśvarūpeṇāvasthitam avyatiricya vātapittaśleṣmāṇo vartante | doṣadhātumalasaṃsargād āyatanaviśeṣān nimittataś caiṣāṃ vikalpaḥ | doṣadūṣiteṣv atyarthaṃ dhātuṣu saṃjñā kriyate rasajo 'yaṃ śoṇitajo 'yaṃ māṃsajo 'yaṃ medojo 'yaṃ asthijo 'yaṃ majjajo 'yaṃ śukrajo 'yam vyādhir iti ||

1931 ed. 1.24.9
tatra annāśraddhārocakāvipākāṅgamardajvarahṛllāsatṛptigauravahṛtpāṇḍurogamārgoparodhakārśyavairasyāṅgasādākālavalipalitadarśanaprabhṛtayo rasadoṣajā vikārāḥ kuṣṭhavisarpapiḍakāmaśakanīlikātilakālakanyacchavyaṅgendraluptaplīhavidradhigulmavātaśoṇitārśo 'rbudāṅgamardāsṛgdararaktapittaprabhṛtayo raktadoṣajāḥ gudamukhameḍhrapākāś ca adhimāṃsārbudārśo 'dhijihvopajihvopakuśagalaśuṇḍikālajīmāṃsasaṃghātauṣṭhaprakopagalagaṇḍagaṇḍamālāprabhṛtayo māṃsadoṣajāḥ granthivṛddhigalagaṇḍārbudamedojauṣṭhaprakopamadhumehātisthaulyātisvedaprabhṛtayo medodoṣajāḥ adhyasthyadhidantāsthitodaśūlakunakhaprabhṭayo 'sthidoṣajāḥ tamodarśanamūrcchābhramaparvasthūlamūlārurjanmanetrābhisyandaprabhṛtayo majjadoṣajāḥ klaibyāpraharṣaśukrāśmarīśukramehaśukradoṣādayaś ca taddoṣajāḥ tvagdoṣāḥ saṅgo 'tipravṛttirayathāpravṛttir vā malāyatanadoṣāḥ indriyāṇām apravṛttir ayathā pravṛttir vendriyāyatanadoṣāḥ ity eṣa samāsa uktaḥ vistaraṃ nimittāni caiṣāṃ pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.24.10
bhavati cātra |
kupitānāṃ hi doṣāṇāṃ śarīre paridhāvatām |
yatra saṅgaḥ khavaiguṇyād vyādhis tatropajāyate ||

1931 ed. 1.24.11
bhūyo 'tra jijñāsyaṃ kiṃ vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ paricchedo vā iti yadi nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ syāt tarhi nityāturāḥ sarva eva prāṇinaḥ syuḥ athāpy anyathā vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ cānyatra vartamānānām anyatra liṅgaṃ na bhavatīti kṛtvā yad ucyate vātādayo jvarādīnāṃ mūlānīti tan na | atrocyate doṣān pratyākhyāya jvarādayo na bhavanti atha ca na nityaḥ saṃbandhaḥ yathā hi vidyudvātāśanivarṣāṇyākāśaṃ pratyākhyāya na bhavanti saty apy ākāśe kadācin na bhavanti atha ca nimittatas tata evotpattir iti taraṅgabudbudādayaś codakaviśeṣāḥ eva vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nāpy evam saṃśleṣo na paricchedaḥ śāśvatikaḥ atha ca nimittata evotpattir iti ||

1931 ed. 1.24.12
bhavati cātra |
vikāraparimāṇaṃ ca saṃkhyā caiṣāṃ pṛthak pṛthak |
vistareṇottare tantre sarvā bādhāś ca vakṣyate ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vyādhisamuddeśīyo nāma caturviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

pañcaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.25.1
athāto 'ṣṭavidhaśastrakarmīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ |

1931 ed. 1.25.3
chedyā bhagandarā granthiḥ ślaiṣmikastilakālakaḥ |
vraṇavartmārbudānyarśaś carmakīlo 'sthimāṃsagam ||

1931 ed. 1.25.4
śalyaṃ jatumaṇirmāṃsasaṃghāto galaśuṇḍikā |
srāyumāṃsasirākotho valmīkaṃ śataponakaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.5
adhruṣaś copadaṃśāś ca māṃsakandyadhimāṃsakaḥ |
bhedyā vidradhayo 'nyatra sarvajād granthayastrayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.6
ādito ye visarpāś ca vṛddhayaḥ savidārikāḥ |
pramehapiḍakāśophastanarogāvamanthakāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.7
kumbhīkānuśayīnāḍyo vṛndau puṣkarikālajī |
prāyaśaḥ kṣudrarogāś ca puppuṭau tāludantajau ||

1931 ed. 1.25.8
tuṇḍikerī gilāyuś ca pūrvaṃ ye ca prapākiṇaḥ |
bastis tathā'śmarīhetormedojā ye ca kecana ||

1931 ed. 1.25.9"
lekhyāś catasro rohiṇyaḥ kilāsam upajihvikā |
medojo dantavaidarbho granthir vartmādhijihvikā ||

1931 ed. 1.25.10ab
arśāṃsi maṇḍalaṃ māṃsakandī māṃsonnatis tathā |

1931 ed. 1.25.10cd
vedhyāḥ sirā bahuvidhā mūtravṛddhirdakodaram ||

1931 ed. 1.25.11-12ab
eṣyā nāḍyaḥ saśalyāś ca vraṇā unmārgiṇaś ca |
āhāryāḥ śarkarās tisro dantakarṇamalo 'śmarī ||
śalyāni mūḍhagarbhāś ca varcaś ca nicitaṃ gude |

1931 ed. 1.25.12cd
srāvyā vidradhayaḥ pañca bhaveyuḥ sarvajādṛte ||

1931 ed. 1.25.13
kuṣṭhāni vāyuḥ sarujaḥ śopho yaś caikadeśajaḥ |
pālyāmayāḥ ślīpadāni viṣajuṣṭaṃ ca śoṇitam ||

1931 ed. 1.25.14
arbudāni visarpāś ca granthayaś cāditas tu ye |
trayas trayaś copadaṃśāḥ stanarogā vidārikā ||

1931 ed. 1.25.15
suṣiro galaśālūkaṃ kaṇṭakāḥ kṛmidantakaḥ |
dantaveṣṭaḥ sopakuśaḥ śītādo dantapuppuṭaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.16
pittāsṛkkaphajāś cauṣṭhyāḥ kṣudrarogāś ca bhūyaśaḥ |
sīvyā medaḥsamutthāś ca bhinnāḥ sulikhitā gadāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.17
sadyovraṇāś ca ye caiva calasandhivyapāśritāḥ |
na kṣārāgniviṣair juṣṭā na ca mārutavāhinaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.18
nāntarlohitaśalyāś ca teṣu samyagviśodhanam |
pāṃśuromanakhādīni calamasthi bhavec ca yat ||

1931 ed. 1.25.19
ahṛtāni yato 'mūni pācayeyurbhṛśaṃ vraṇam |
rujaś ca vividhāḥ kuryus tasmād etān viśodhayet ||

1931 ed. 1.25.20
tato vraṇaṃ samunnamya sthāpayitvā yathāsthitam |
sīvyet sūkṣmeṇa sūtreṇa valkenāśmantakasya vā ||

1931 ed. 1.25.21
śaṇajakṣaumasūtrābhyāṃ snāyvā bālena vā punaḥ |
mūrvāguḍūcītānair vā sīvyed vellitakaṃ śanaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.22
sīvyed gophaṇikāṃ vā'pi sīvyed vā tunnasevanīm |
ṛjugranthim atho vā'pi yathāyogam athāpi vā ||

1931 ed. 1.25.23
deśe 'lpamāṃse sandhau ca sūcī vṛttāṅguladvayam |
āyatā tryaṅgulā tryasrā māṃsale vā'pi pūjitā ||

1931 ed. 1.25.24
dhanurvakrā hitā marmaphalakośodaropari |
ity etās trividhāḥ sūcīs tīkṣṇāgrāḥ susamāhitāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.25
kārayen mālatīpuṣpavṛntāgraparimaṇḍalāḥ |
nātidūre nikṛṣṭe vā sūcīṃ karmaṇi pātayet ||

1931 ed. 1.25.26
dūrādrujo vraṇauṣṭhasya sannikṛṣṭe 'valuñcanam ||

1931 ed. 1.25.27
atha kṣaumapicucchannaṃ susyūtaṃ pratisārayet |
priyaṅgvañjanayaṣṭyāhvarodhracūrnaiḥ samantataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.28
śallakīphalacūrnṇair vā kṣaumadhyāmena vā punaḥ |
tato vraṇaṃ yathāyogaṃ baddhvācārikam ādiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.25.29
etad aṣṭavidhaṃ karma samāsena prakīrtitam |
cikitsiteṣu kārtsnyena vistaras tasya vakṣyate ||

1931 ed. 1.25.30
hīnātiriktaṃ tiryak ca gātracchedanam ātmanaḥ |
etāś catasro 'ṣṭavidhe karmaṇi vyāpadaḥ smṛtāḥ |

1931 ed. 1.25.31
ajñānalobhāhitavākyayoga
bhayapramohair aparaiś ca bhāvaiḥ |
yadā prayuñjīta bhiṣak kuśastraṃ
tadā sa śeṣān kurute vikārān ||

1931 ed. 1.25.32
taṃ kṣāraśastrāgnibhir auṣadhaiś ca
bhūyo 'bhiyuñjānam ayuktiyuktam |
jijīviṣur dūrata eva vaidyaṃ
vivarjayed ugraviṣāhitulyam ||

1931 ed. 1.25.33
tad eva yuktaṃ tv atimarmasandhīn
hiṃsyāt sirāḥ snāyum athāsthi caiva |
mūrkhaprayuktaṃ puruṣaṃ kṣaṇena
prāṇair viyuñjyādathavā kathaṃcit ||

1931 ed. 1.25.34
bhramaḥ pralāpaḥ patanaṃ pramoho
viceṣṭanaṃ saṃlayanoṣṇate ca |
srastāṅgatā mūrcchanam ūrdhvavāta
s tīvrā rujo vātakṛtāś ca tās tāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.35
māṃsodakābhaṃ rudhiraṃ ca gacchet
sarvendriyārthoparamas tathaiva |
daśārdhasaṃkhyeṣv api hi kṣateṣu sāmānyato marmasu liṅgam uktam ||

1931 ed. 1.25.36
surendragopapratimaṃ prabhūtaṃ
raktaṃ sraved vai kṣatataś ca vāyuḥ |
karoti rogān vividhān yathoktāṃś
chinnāsu bhinnāsv athavā sirāsu ||

1931 ed. 1.25.37
kaubjyaṃ śarīrāvayavāvasādaḥ
kriyāsv aśaktis tumulā rujaś ca |
cirād vraṇo rohati yasya cāpi
taṃ snāyuviddhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet ||

1931 ed. 1.25.38
śophātivṛddhis tumulā rujaś ca
balakṣayaḥ parvasu bhedaśophau |
kṣateṣu sandhiṣv acalācaleṣu syāt
sandhikarmoparatiś ca liṅgam ||

1931 ed. 1.25.39
ghorā rujo yasya niśādineṣu
sarvāsv avasthāsu na śāntir asti |
tṛṣṇā'ṅgasādau śvayathuś ca rukṣaḥ
tam asthividdhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet ||

1931 ed. 1.25.40
yathāsvam etāni vibhāvayeyur
liṅgāni marmasv abhitāḍiteṣu |
sparśaṃ na jānāti vipāṇḍuvarṇo
yo māṃsamarmaṇy abhitāḍitaḥ syāt ||

1931 ed. 1.25.41
ātmānamevātha jaghanyakārī śastreṇa yo hanti hi karma kurvan |
tamātmāvānātmahanaṃ kuvaidyaṃ vivarjayed āyurabhīpsamānaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.25.42
tiryakpraṇihite śastre doṣāḥ purvamudāhṛtāḥ |
tasmāt pariharan doṣān kuruyācchastranipātanam ||

1931 ed. 1.25.43
mātaraṃ pitaraṃ putrān bāndhavānapi cāturaḥ |
apyetānabhiśaṅketa vaidye viśvāsameti ca ||

1931 ed. 1.25.44
visṛjatyātmanā+ātmānaṃ na cainaṃ pariśaṅkate |
tasmāt putravadevainaṃ pālayed āturaṃ bhiṣak ||

1931 ed. 1.25.45
dharmārthau kīrtim ity arthaṃ satāṃ grahaṇam uttamam |
prāpnuyāt svargavāsaṃ ca hitamārabhya karmaṇā ||

1931 ed. 1.25.46
karmaṇā kaścidekena dvābhyāṃ kaścittribhis tathā |
vikāraḥ sādhyate kaścic caturbhir api karmabhiḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'ṣṭavidhaśastrakarmaṇyo nāma pañcaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ṣaḍviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.26.1
athātaḥ pranaṣṭaśalyavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.26.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantiriḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.26.3
śala śvala āśugamane dhātuḥ tasya śalyam iti rūpam ||

1931 ed. 1.26.4
tad dvividhaṃ śārīram āgantukaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.26.5
sarvaśarīrābādhakaraṃ śalyaṃ tadihopadiśyata ity ataḥ śalyaśāstram ||

1931 ed. 1.26.6
tatra śārīraṃ romanakhādi dhātavo 'nnamalā doṣāś ca duṣṭāḥ āgantv api śārīraśalyavyatirekeṇa yāvanto bhāvā duḥkham utpādayanti ||

1931 ed. 1.26.7
adhikāro hi lohaveṇuvṛkṣatṛṇaśṛṅgāsthimayeṣu tatrāpi viśeṣato loheṣveva viśasanārthopapannatvāllohasya lohānām api durvāratvād aṇumukhatvād dūraprayojanakaratvāc ca śara evādhikṛtaḥ | sa dvividhaḥ karṇī ślakṣṇaś ca prāyeṇa vividhavṛkṣapatrapuṣpaphalatulyākṛtayo vyākhyātā vyālamṛgapakṣivaktrasadṛśāś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.26.8
sarvaśalyānāṃ tu mahatāmaṇūnāṃ vā pañcavidho gativiśeṣa ūrdhvam adho 'rvācīnas tiryag ṛjur iti ||

1931 ed. 1.26.9-10
tāni vegakṣayāt pratighātād vā tvagādiṣu vraṇavastuṣv avatiṣṭhante dhamanīsroto 'sthivivarapeśīprabhṛtiṣu vā śarīrapradeśeṣu || 1931 ed. 1.26.10 tatra śalyalakṣaṇam ucyamānam upadhāraya | tat tu dvividhaṃ sāmānyaṃ vaiśeṣikaṃ ca | śyāvaṃ piḍakācitaṃ śophavedanāvantaṃ muhurmuhuḥ śoṇitāsrāviṇaṃ budbudavad unnataṃ mṛdumāṃsaṃ ca vraṇaṃ jānīyāt saśalyo 'yam iti | sāmānyam etal lakṣaṇam uktam | vaiśeṣikaṃ tu tvaggate vivarṇaḥ śopho bhavaty āyataḥ kaṭhinaś ca māṃsagate śophābhivṛddhiḥ śalyamārgān upasaṃrohaḥ pīḍanāsahiṣṇutā coṣapākau ca peśyantarasthe 'py etad eva coṣaśophavarjaṃ sirāgate sirādhmānam sirāśūlaṃ sirāśophaś ca snāyugate snāyujālotkṣepaṇaṃ saṃrambhaś cogrā ruk ca srotogate srotasāṃ svakarmaguṇahāniḥ; dhamanīsthe saphenaṃ raktam īrayann anilaḥ saśabdo nirgacchaty aṅgamardaḥ pipāsā hṛllāsaś ca asthigate vividhavedanāprādurbhāvaḥ śophaś ca asthivivaragate 'sthipūrṇatā'sthitodaḥ saṃharṣo balavāṃś ca sandhigate 'sthivacceṣṭoparamaś ca koṣṭhagata āṭopānāhau mūtrapurīṣāhāradarśanaṃ ca vraṇamukhāt marmagate marmaviddhāvac ceṣṭate | sūkṣmagatiṣu śalyeṣv etāny eva lakṣaṇāny aspaṣṭāni bhavanti ||

1931 ed. 1.26.11
mahānty alpāni vā śuddhadehānām anulomasanniviṣṭāni rohanti viśeṣataḥ kaṇṭhasrotaḥsirātvakpeśyasthivivareṣu doṣaprakopavyāyāmābhighātājīrṇebhyaḥ pracalitāni punarbādhante ||

1931 ed. 1.26.12
tatra tvakpranaṣṭe snigdhasvinnāyāṃ mṛnmāṣayavagodhūmagomayamṛditāyāṃ tvaci yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt styānaghṛtamṛccandanakalkair vā pradigdhāyāṃ śalyoṣmaṇā+āśu visarati ghṛtam upaśuṣyati vā lepo yatra tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt māṃsapranaṣṭe snehasvedādibhiḥ kriyāviśeṣair aviruddair āturam upapādayet karśitasya tu śithilībhūtam anavabaddhaṃ kṣubhyamāṇaṃ yatra saṃrambhaṃ vedanāṃ vā janayati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt koṣṭhāsthisandhipeśīvivareṣv avasthitam evam eva parīkṣeta sirādhamanīsrotaḥsnāyupranaṣṭe khaṇḍacakrasaṃyukte yāne vyādhitam āropyāśu viṣame 'dhvani yāyād yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ jānīyāt asthipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannānyasthīni bandhanapīḍanābhyāṃ bhṛśam upācared yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ jānīyāt sandhipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannān sandhīn prasaraṇākuñcanabandhanapīḍanair bhṛśam upācaret yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt marmapranaṣṭe tv ananyabhāvān marmaṇām uktaṃ parīkṣaṇaṃ bhavati ||

1931 ed. 1.26.13
sāmānyalakṣaṇam api ca hastiskandhāśvapṛṣṭhaparvatadrumārohaṇadhanurvyāyāmadrutayānaniyuddhādhvagamanalaṅghanaprataraṇaplavanavyāyāmair jṛmbhodgārakāsakṣavathuṣṭhīvanahasanaprāṇāyāmair vātamūtrapurīṣaśukrotsargair vā yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ jānīyāt ||

1931 ed. 1.26.14
bhavanti cātra |
yasmiṃs todādayo deśo suptatā gurutā'pi ca |
ghaṭṭate bahuśo yatra srūyate tudyate 'pi ca ||

1931 ed. 1.26.15
āturaś cāpi yaṃ deśam abhīkṣṇaṃ parirakṣati |
saṃvāhyamāno bahuśas tatra śalyaṃ vinirdiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.26.16
alpābādham aśūnaṃ ca nīrujaṃ nirupadravam |
prasannaṃ mṛduparyantaṃ nirāghaṭṭamanunnatam ||

1931 ed. 1.26.17
eṣaṇyā sarvato dṛṣṭvā yathāmārgaṃ cikitsakaḥ |
prasārākuñcanān nūnaṃ niḥśalyam iti nirdiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.26.18
asthyātmakaṃ bhajyate tu śalyamantaś ca śīryate |
prāyo nirbhujyate śārṅgam āyasaṃ ceti niścayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.26.19
vārkṣavaiṇavatārṇāni nirhrayante tu no yadi |
pacanti raktaṃ māṃsaṃ ca kṣipram etāni dehinām ||

1931 ed. 1.26.20
kānakaṃ rājataṃ tāmraṃ raitikaṃ trapusīsakam |
cirasthānād vilīyante pittatejaḥpratāpanāt ||

1931 ed. 1.26.21
svabhāvaśītā mṛdavo ye cānye 'pīdṛśā matāḥ |
dravībhūtāḥ śarīre 'sminn ekatvaṃ yānti dhātubhiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.26.22
viṣāṇadantakeśāsthiveṇudārūpalāni tu |
śalyāni na viśīryante śarīre mṛnmayāni ca ||

1931 ed. 1.26.23
dvividhaṃ pañcagatimattvagādivraṇavastuṣu |
viśliṣṭaṃ vetti yaḥ śalyaṃ sa rājñaḥ kartum arhati ||

iti suśrtasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne pranaṣṭaśalyavijñānīyo nāma ṣaḍviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

saptaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.27.1
athātaḥ śalyāpanayanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.27.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.27.3
śalyaṃ dvividhamavabaddhamanavabaddhaṃ ca ||

1931 ed. 1.27.4
tatra samāsenānavabaddhaśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ pañcadaśa hetūn vakṣyāmaḥ | tad yathā svabhāvaḥ pācanaṃ bhedanaṃ dāraṇaṃ pīḍanaṃ pramārjanaṃ nirdhmāpanaṃ vamanaṃ virecanaṃ prakṣālanaṃ pratimarśaḥ pravāhaṇaṃ ācūṣaṇaṃ ayaskānto harṣaś ceti ||

1931 ed. 1.27.5
tatrāśrukṣavathūdgārakāsamūtrapurīṣānilaiḥ svabhāvabalapravṛttair nayanādibhyaḥ patati māṃsāvagāḍhaṃ śalyamavidahyamānaṃ pācayitvā prakothā(ā.pā)ttasya pūyaśoṇitavegād gauravād vā patati | pakvamabhidyamānaṃ bhedayed dārayed vā | bhinnamanirasyamānaṃ pīḍanīyaiḥ pīḍayet pāṇibhir vā | aṇūny akṣaśalyāni pariṣecanādhmāpanair bālavastrapāṇibhiḥ pramārjayet | āhāraśeṣaśleṣmahīnāṇuśalyāni śvasanotkāsanapradhamanair nirdhamet | annaśalyāni vamanāṅgulipratimarśaprabhṛtibhiḥ | virecanaiḥ pakvāśayagatāni | vraṇadoṣāśayagatāni prakṣālanaiḥ | vātamūtrapurīṣagarbhasaṅgeṣu pravāhaṇamuktaṃ | mārutodakasaviṣarudhiraduṣṭastanyeṣv ācūṣaṇam āsyena viṣāṇair vā | anulomam anavabaddham akarṇam analpavraṇamukham ayaskāntena | hṛdy avasthitam anekakāraṇotpannaṃ śokaśalyaṃ harṣeṇeti ||

1931 ed. 1.27.6
sarvaśalyānāṃ tu mahatām aṇūnāṃ vā dvāv evāharaṇahetū bhavataḥ pratilomo 'nulomaś ca ||

1931 ed. 1.27.7-8
tatra pratilomamarvācīnamānayet anulomaṃ parācīnam || 1931 ed. 1.27.8 uttuṇḍitaṃ chitvā nirghātayecchedanīyamukham ||

1931 ed. 1.27.9
chedanīyamukhānyapi kukṣivakṣaḥkakṣāvaṃkṣaṇaparśukāntarapatitāni ca hastaśakyaṃ yathāmārgeṇa hastenaivāpahartuṃ prayateta ||

1931 ed. 1.27.10
hastenāpahartum aśakyaṃ viśasya śastreṇa yantreṇāpaharet ||

1931 ed. 1.27.11
bhavati cātra |
śītalena jalenainaṃ mūrcchantam avasecayet |
saṃrakṣedasya marmāṇi muhur āśvāsayec ca tam ||

1931 ed. 1.27.12
tataḥ śalyam uddhṛtya nirlohitaṃ vraṇaṃ kṛtvā svedārham agnighṛtaprabhṛtibhiḥ saṃsvedya vidahya pradihya sarpirmadhubhyāṃ baddhvā+ācārikam upadiśet | (? sirāsnāyuvilagnaṃ śalākādibhir vimocyāpanayet śvayathugrastavāraṅgaṃ samavapīḍya śvayathuṃ durbalavāraṅgaṃ kuśādibhir baddhvā |)

1931 ed. 1.27.13
hṛdayamabhito vartamānaṃ śalyaṃ śītajalādibhir udvejitasyāpahared yathāmārgaṃ durupaharam anyato 'pabādhyamānaṃ pāṭayitvoddharet ||

1931 ed. 1.27.14
asthivivarapraviṣṭam asthividaṣṭaṃ vā'vagṛhya pādābhyāṃ yantreṇāpaharet aśakyamevaṃ vā balavadbhiḥ suparigṛhītasya yantreṇa grāhayitvā śalyavāraṅgaṃ pravibhujya dhanurguṇair baddhaikataś cāsya pañcāṅgyām upasaṃyatasyāśvasya vaktrakavike badhnīyāt athainaṃ kaśayā tāḍayed yathonnamayan śiro vegena śalyam uddharati dṛḍhāṃ vā vṛkṣaśākhām avanamya tasyāṃ pūrvavad baddhvoddharet ||

1931 ed. 1.27.15
adeśottuṇḍitamaṣṭhīlāśmamudgarāṇāmnyatamasya prahāreṇa vicālya yathāmārgam eva yantreṇa ||

1931 ed. 1.27.16
(? yantreṇa ) vimṛditakarṇāni karṇavantyanābādhakaradeśottuṇḍitāni purastādeva ||

1931 ed. 1.27.17
jātuṣe kaṇṭhāsakte kaṇṭhe nāḍīṃ praveśyāgnitaptāṃ ca śalākāṃ tayā 'vagṛhya śītābhir adbhiḥ pariṣicya sthirībhūtām uddharet ||

1931 ed. 1.27.18-21
ajātuṣaṃ jatumadhūcchiṣṭapraliptayā śalākayā pūrvakalpenetyeke || 1931 ed. 1.27.19 asthiśalyamanyadvā tiryakkaṇṭhāsaktamavekṣya keśoṇḍukaṃ dṛḍhaikasūtrabaddhaṃ dravabhaktopahitaṃ pāyayed ākaṇṭhāt pūrṇakoṣṭhaṃ ca vāmayet vamataś ca śalyaikadeśasaktaṃ jñātvā sūtraṃ sahasā tvākṣipet mṛdunā vā dantadhāvanakūrcakenāpaharet praṇudedvā'ntaḥ | kṣatakaṇṭhāya ca madhusarpiṣī leḍhuṃ prayacchettriphalācūrṇaṃ vā madhuśarkarāvimiśram || 1931 ed. 1.27.20 udakapūrṇodaramavākśirasamavapīḍayed dhunīyādvāmayed vā bhasmarāśau vā nikhanedāmukhāt || 1931 ed. 1.27.21 grāsaśalye tu kaṇṭhāsakte niḥśaṅkamanavabuddhaṃ skandhe muṣṭinā'bhihanyāt snehaṃ madyaṃ pānīyaṃ vā pāyayet ||

1931 ed. 1.27.22
bāhurajjulatāpāśaiḥ kaṇṭhapīḍanādvāyuḥ prakupitaḥ śleṣmāṇaṃ kopayitvā sroto niruṇaddhi lālāsrāvaṃ phenāgamanaṃ saṃjñānāśaṃ cāpādayati tamabhyajya saṃsvedya śirovirecanaṃ tasmai tīkṣṇaṃ dadyādrasaṃ ca vātaghnaṃ vidadhyād iti ||

1931 ed. 1.27.23
bhavanti cātra |
śalyākṛtiviśeṣāṃś ca sthānānyāvekṣya buddhimān |
tathā yantrapṛthaktvaṃ ca samyak śalyamathāharet ||

1931 ed. 1.27.24
karṇavanti tu śalyāni duḥkhāhāryāṇi yāni ca |
ādadīta bhiṣak tasmāt tāni yuktyā samāhitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.27.25
etair upāyaiḥ śalyaṃ tu naiva niryātyate yadi |
matyā nipuṇayā vaidyo yantrayogaiś ca nirharet ||

1931 ed. 1.27.26
śothapākau rujaś cogrāḥ kuryāc chalyam anirhṛtam |
vaikalyaṃ maraṇaṃ cā'pi tasmād yatnād vinirharet ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śalyāpanayanīyo nāma saptaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

aṣṭāviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.28.1
athāto viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.3
phalāgnijalavṛṣṭīnāṃ puṣpadhūmāmbudā yathā |
khyāpayanti bhaviṣyatvaṃ tathā riṣṭāni pañcatām ||

1931 ed. 1.28.4
tāni saukṣmyāt pramādād vā tathaivāśu vyatikramāt |
gṛhyante nodgatāny ajñair mumūrṣor na tv asaṃbhavāt ||

1931 ed. 1.28.5
dhruvaṃ tu maraṇaṃ riṣṭe brāhmaṇais tat kilāmalaiḥ |
rasāyanatapojapyatatparair vā nivāryate ||

1931 ed. 1.28.6
nakṣatrapīḍā bahudhā yathā kālād vipacyate |
tathaivāriṣṭapākaṃ ca bruvate bahavo janāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.7
asiddhim āpnuyāl loke pratikurvan gatāyuṣaḥ |
ato 'riṣṭani yatnena lakṣayet kuśalo bhiṣak ||

1931 ed. 1.28.8
gandhavarṇarasādīnāṃ viśeṣāṇāṃ svabhāvataḥ |
vaikṛtaṃ yat tad ācaṣṭe vraṇinaḥ pakvalakṣaṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.28.9
kaṭus tīkṣṇaś ca visraś ca gandhas tu pavanādibhiḥ |
lohagandhis tu raktena vyāmiśraḥ sānnipātikaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.10
lājātasītailasamāḥ kiṃcidvisrāś ca gandhataḥ |
jñeyāḥ prakṛtigandhāḥ syur ato 'nyad gandhavaikṛtam ||

1931 ed. 1.28.11
madhyāgurvājyasumanaḥpadmacandanacampakaiḥ |
sagandhā divyagandhāś ca mumūrṣūṇāṃ vraṇāḥ smṛtāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.12
śvavājimūṣikadhvāṅkṣapūtivallūramatkuṇaiḥ |
sagandhāḥ paṅkagandhāś ca bhūmigandhāś ca garhitāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.13
dhyāmakuṅkumakaṅkuṣṭhasavarṇāḥ pittakopataḥ |
na dahyante na cūṣyante bhiṣak tān parivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.28.14
kaṇḍūmantaḥ sthirāḥ śvetāḥ snigdhāḥ kaphanimittataḥ |
dūyante vā'pi dahyante bhiṣak tān parivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.28.15
kṛṣṇās tu ye tanusrāvā vātajā marmatāpinaḥ |
svalpām api na kurvanti rujaṃ tān parivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.28.16
kṣveḍanti ghurghurāyante jvalantīva ca ye vraṇāḥ |
tvaṅmāṃsasthāś ca pavanaṃ saśabdaṃ visṛjanti ye ||

1931 ed. 1.28.17
ye ca marmasvasaṃbhūtā bhavanty atyarthavedanāḥ |
dahyante cāntaratyarthaṃ bahiḥ śītāś ca ye vraṇāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.18
dahyante bahir atyarthaṃ bhavanty antaś ca śītalāḥ |
śaktidhvajarathā kuntavājivāraṇagovṛṣāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.19
yeṣu cāpy avabhāseran prāsādākṛtayas tathā |
cūrṇāvakīrṇā iva ye bhānti vā na ca cūrṇitāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.28.20
prāṇamāṃsakṣayaśvāsakāsārocakapīḍitāḥ |
pravṛddhapūyarudhirā vraṇā yeṣāṃ ca marmasu ||

1931 ed. 1.28.21
kriyābhiḥ samyag ārabdhā na sidhyanti ca ye vraṇāḥ |
varjayet tān bhiṣak prājñaḥ saṃrakṣannātmano yaśaḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyo nāmāṣṭaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekonatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.29.1
athāto viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.3
dūtadarśanasaṃbhāṣā veṣāś ceṣṭitam eva ca |
ṛkṣaṃ velā tithiś caiva nimittaṃ śakuno 'nilaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.4
deśo vaidyasya vāgdehamanasāṃ ca viceṣṭitam |
kathayanty āturagataṃ śubhaṃ vā yadi vā'śubham ||

1931 ed. 1.29.5
pākhaṇḍāśramavarṇānāṃ sapakṣāḥ karmasiddhaye |
ta eva viparītāḥ syur dūtāḥ karmavipattaye ||

1931 ed. 1.29.6
napuṃsakaṃ strī bahavo naikakāryā asūyakāḥ |
gardabhoṣṭrarathaprāptāḥ prāptā vā syuḥ paramparāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.7
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtāste cāpi garhitāḥ |
pāśadaṇḍāyudhadharāḥ pāṇḍuretaravāsasaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.8
ārdrajīrṇāpasavyaikamalinoddhvastavāsasaḥ |
nyūnādhikāṅgā udvignā vikṛtā raudrarūpiṇaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.9
rūkṣaniṣṭhuravādāś cāpy amāṅgalyābhidhāyinaḥ |
chindantas tṛṇakāṣṭhāni spṛśanto nāsikāṃ stanam ||

1931 ed. 1.29.10
vastrāntānāmikākeśanakharomadaśāspṛśaḥ |
srotovarodhahṛdgaṇḍamūrdhoraḥkukṣipāṇayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.11
kapālopalabhasmāsthituṣāṅgārakarāś ca ye |
vilikhanto mahīṃ kiṃcin muñcanto loṣṭabhedinaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.12
tailakardamadigdhāṅgā raktasraganulepanāḥ |
phalaṃ pakvam asāraṃ vā gṛhītvā'nyac ca tadvidham ||

1931 ed. 1.29.13
nakhair nakhāntaraṃ vā'pi kareṇa caraṇaṃ tathā |
upānaccarmahastā vā vikṛtavyādhipīḍitāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.14
vāmācārā rudantaś ca śvāsino vikṛtekṣaṇāḥ |
yāmyāṃ diśaṃ prāñjalayo viṣamaikapade sthitāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.15
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ |
dakṣiṇābhimukhaṃ deśe tvaśucau vā hutāśanam | ^

1931 ed. 1.29.15ef
jvalayantaṃ pacantaṃ vā krūrakarmaṇi codyatam ||

1931 ed. 1.29.16
nagnaṃ bhūmau śayānaṃ vā vegotsargeṣu vā'śucim |
prakīrṇākeśam abhyaktaṃ svinnaṃ viklavam eva vā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.17
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ |
vaidyasya paitrye daive vā kārye cotpātadarśane ||

1931 ed. 1.29.18
madhyāhne cārdharātre vā sandhyayoḥ kṛttikāsu ca |
ārdrāśleṣāmaghāmūlapūrvāsu bharaṇīṣu ca ||

1931 ed. 1.29.19
caturthyāṃ vā navamyāṃ vā ṣaṣṭhyāṃ sandhidineṣu ca |
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtāste cāpi garhitāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.20
svinnābhitaptā madhyāhne jvalanasya samīpataḥ |
garhitāḥ pittarogeṣu dūtā vaidyamupāgatāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.21
ta eva kapharogeṣu karmasiddhikarāḥ smṛtāḥ |
etena śeṣaṃ vyākhyātaṃ buddhvā saṃvibhajet tu tat ||

1931 ed. 1.29.22
raktapittātisāreṣu prameheṣu tathaiva ca |
praśasto jalarodheṣu dūtavaidyasamāgamaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.23
vijñāyaivaṃ vibhāgaṃ tu śeṣaṃ budhyeta paṇḍitaḥ |
śuklavāsāḥ śucir gauraḥ śyāmo vā priyadarśanaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.24
svasyām jātau svagotro vā dūtaḥ kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ |
goyānenāgatas tuṣṭaḥ pādābhyāṃ śubhaceṣṭitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.25
smṛtimān vidhikālajñaḥ svatantraḥ pratipattimān |
alaṅkṛto maṅgalavān dūtaḥ kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.26
svasthaṃ prāṅmukham āsīnaṃ same deśe śucau śucim |
upasarpati yo vaidyaṃ sa ca kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.27
māṃsodakumbhātapatravipravāraṇagovṛṣāḥ |
śuklavarṇāś ca pūjyante prasthāne darśanaṃ gatāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.28
strī putriṇī savatsā gaur vardhamānam alaṅkṛtā |
kanyā matsyāḥ phalaṃ cāmaṃ svastikaṃ modakā dadhi ||

1931 ed. 1.29.29
hiraṇyākṣatapātraṃ vā ratnāni sumano nṛpaḥ |
apraśānto 'nalo vājī haṃsaś cāṣaḥ śikhī tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.30
brahmadundubhijīmūtaśaṅkhaveṇurathasvanāḥ |
siṃhagovṛṣanādāś ca hreṣitaṃ gajabṛṃhitam ||

1931 ed. 1.29.31
śastaṃ haṃsarutaṃ nṝṇāṃ kauśikaṃ caiva vāmataḥ |
prasthāne yāyinaḥ śreṣṭhā vācaś ca hṛdayaṅgamāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.32
patrapuṣpaphalopetān sakṣīrānnīrujo drumān |
āśritā vā nabhoveśmadhvajatoraṇavedikāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.33
dikṣu śāntāsu vaktāro madhuraṃ pṛṣṭhato 'nugāḥ |
vāmā vā dakṣiṇā vā'pi śakunāḥ karmasiddhaye ||

1931 ed. 1.29.34
śuṣke 'śanihate 'patre vallīnaddhe sakaṇṭake |
vṛkṣe 'thavā'śmabhasmāsthiviṭtuṣāṅgārapāṃśuṣu ||

1931 ed. 1.29.35
caityavalmīkaviṣamasthitā dīptakharasvarāḥ |
purato dikṣu dīptāsu vaktāro nārthasādhakāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.36
punnāmānaḥ khagā vāmāḥ strīsaṃjñā dakṣiṇāḥ śubhāḥ |
dakṣiṇād vāmagamanaṃ praśastaṃ śvaśṛgālayoḥ | ^

1931 ed. 1.29.36ef
vāmaṃ nakulacāṣāṇāṃ nobhayaṃ śaśasarpayoḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.37
bhāsakauśikayoś caiva na praśastaṃ kilobhayam |
darśanaṃ vā rutaṃ cāpi na godhākṛkalāsayoḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.38
dūtair aniṣṭais tulyānāmaś castaṃ darśanaṃ nṛṇām |
kulatthatilakārpāsatuṣapāṣāṇabhasmanām ||

1931 ed. 1.29.39
pātraṃ neṣṭaṃ tathā'ṅgāratailakardamapūritam |
prasannetaramadyānāṃ pūrṇaṃ vā raktasarṣapaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.40
śavakāṣṭhapalāśānāṃ śuṣkāṇāṃ pathi saṅgamāḥ |
neṣyante patitāntasthadīnāndharipavas tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.41
mṛduḥ śīto 'nukūlaś ca sugandhiś cānilaḥ śubhaḥ |
kharoṣṇo 'niṣṭagandhaś ca pratilomaś ca garhitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.42
granthyarbudādiṣu sadā chedaśabdas tu pūjitaḥ |
vidradhyudaragulmeṣu bhedaśabdas tathaiva ca ||

1931 ed. 1.29.43
raktapittātisāreṣu ruddhaśabdaḥ praśasyate |
evaṃ vyādhiviśeṣeṇa nimittam upadhārayet ||

1931 ed. 1.29.44
tathaivākruṣṭahākaṣṭamākrandaruditasvanāḥ |
chardyāṃ vātapurīṣāṇāṃ śabdo vai gardabhoṣṭrayoḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.45
pratiṣiddhaṃ tathā bhagnaṃ kṣutaṃ skhalitam āhatam |
daurmanasyaṃ ca vaidyasya yātrāyāṃ na praśasyate ||

1931 ed. 1.29.46
praveśe 'py etad uddeśād avekṣyaṃ ca tathā+āture |
pratidvāraṃ gṛhe vā'sya punaretanna gaṇyate ||

1931 ed. 1.29.47
keśabhasmāsthikāṣṭhāśmatuṣakārpāsakaṇṭakāḥ |
khaṭvordhvapādā madyāpo vasā tailaṃ tilāstṛṇam ||

1931 ed. 1.29.48
napuṃsakavyaṅgabhagnanagnamuṇḍāsitāmbarāḥ |
prasthāne vā praveśe vā neṣyante darśanaṃ gatāḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.49
bhāṇḍānāṃ saṃkarasthānāṃ sthānāt saṃcaraṇaṃ tathā |
nikhātotpāṭanaṃ bhaṅgaḥ patanaṃ nirgamas tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.50
vaidyāsanāvasādo vā rogī vā syādadhomukhaḥ |
vaidyaṃ saṃbhāṣamāṇo 'ṅgaṃ kuḍyamā staraṇāni vā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.51
pramṛjyādvā dhunīyād vā karau pṛṣṭhaṃ śiras tathā |
hastaṃ cākṛṣya vaidyasya nyasec chirasi corasi ||

1931 ed. 1.29.52
yo vaidyamunmukhaḥ pṛcchedunmārṣṭi svāṅgamāturaḥ |
na sa sidhyati vaidyo vā gṛhe yasya na pūjyate ||

1931 ed. 1.29.53
bhavane pūjyate vā'pi yasya vaidyaḥ sa sidhyati |
śubhaṃ śubheṣu dūtādiṣv aśubhaṃ hy aśubheṣu ca ||

1931 ed. 1.29.54
āturasya dhruvaṃ tasmād dūtādīn lakṣayed bhiṣak |
svapnān ataḥ pravakṣyāmi maraṇāya śubhāya ca ||

1931 ed. 1.29.55
suhṛdo yāṃ ś ca paśyanti vyādhito vā svayaṃ tathā |
snehābhyaktaśarīras tu karabhavyālagardabhaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.56
varāhair mahiṣair vā'pi yo yāyāddakṣiṇāmukhaḥ |
raktāmbaradharā kṛṣṇā hasantī muktamūrdhajā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.57
yaṃ vā karṣati baddhvā strī nṛtyantī dakṣiṇāmukham |
antāvasāyibhir yo vā+ākṛṣyate dakṣiṇāmukhaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.58
pariṣvajeran yaṃ vā'pi pretāḥ pravrajitās tathā |
muhur āghrāyate yas tu śvāpadair vikṛtānanaiḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.59
piben madhu ca tailaṃ ca yo vā paṅke 'vasīdati |
paṅkapradigdhagātro vā pranṛtyet prahasettathā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.60
nirambaraś ca yo raktāṃ dhārayec chirasi srajam |
yasya vaṃśo nalo vā'pi tālo vorasi jāyate ||

1931 ed. 1.29.61
yaṃ vā matsyo grased yo vā jananīṃ praviśen naraḥ |
parvatāgrāt pated yo vā śvabhre vā tamasā+āvṛte ||

1931 ed. 1.29.62
hriyate srotasā yo vā yo vā mauṇḍyam avāpnuyāt |
parājīyeta badhyeta kākādyair vā'bhibhūyate ||

1931 ed. 1.29.63
patanaṃ tārakādīnāṃ praṇāśaṃ dīpacakṣuṣoḥ |
yaḥ paśyed devatānāṃ ca (ā.vā) prakampam avanes tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.64
yasya chardir vireko vā daśanāḥ prapatanti vā |
śālmalīṃ kiṃśukaṃ yūpaṃ valmīkaṃ pāribhadrakam ||

1931 ed. 1.29.65
puṣpāḍhyaṃ kovidāraṃ vā citāṃ vā yo 'dhirohati |
kārpāsatailapiṇyākalohāni lavaṇaṃ tilān ||

1931 ed. 1.29.66
labhetāśnīta vā pakvam annaṃ yaś ca pibet surām |
svasthaḥ sa labhate vyādhiṃ vyādhito mṛtyum ṛcchati ||

1931 ed. 1.29.67
yathāsvaṃ prakṛtisvapno vismṛto vihatas tathā |
cintākṛto divā dṛṣto bhavanty aphaladās tu te ||

1931 ed. 1.29.68
jvaritānāṃ śunā sakhyaṃ kapisakhyaṃ tu śoṣiṇām |
unmāde rākṣasaiḥ pretair apasmāre pravartanam ||

1931 ed. 1.29.69
mehātisāriṇāṃ toyapānaṃ snehasya kuṣṭhinām |
gulmeṣu sthāvarotpattiḥ koṣṭhe mūrdhni śiroruji ||

1931 ed. 1.29.70
śaṣkulībhakṣaṇaṃ chardyāmadhvā śvāsapipāsayoḥ |
haridraṃ bhojanaṃ vā'pi yasya syāt pāṇḍurogiṇaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.71
raktapittī pibed yas tu śoṇitaṃ sa vinaśyati |
svapnānevaṃvidhān dṛṣṭvā prātarutthāya yatnavān ||

1931 ed. 1.29.72
dadyānmāṣāṃstilāṃllohaṃ viprebhyaḥ kāñcanaṃ tathā |
japec cāpi śubhān mantrān gāyatrīṃ tripadāṃ tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.29.73
dṛṣṭvā tu prathame yāme svapyād dhyātvā punaḥ śubham |
japedvā'nyatamaṃ vede brahmacārī samāhitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.29.74
devatāyatane caiva vasedrātritrayaṃ tathā |
viprāṃś ca pūjayennityaṃ duḥsvapnāt pravimucyate ||

1931 ed. 1.29.75
ata ūrdhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi praśastaṃ svapnadarśanam |
devān dvijān govṛṣabhān jīvataḥ suhṛdo nṛpān ||

1931 ed. 1.29.76
samiddham agniṃ sādhūṃś ca nirmalāni jalāni ca |
paśyet kalyāṇalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||

1931 ed. 1.29.77
māṃsaṃ matsyān srajaḥ śvetā vāsāṃsi ca phalāni ca |
labhante dhanalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||

1931 ed. 1.29.78
mahāprāsādasaphalavṛkṣavāraṇaparvatān |
āroheddravyalābhāya vyādherapagamāya ca ||

1931 ed. 1.29.79
nadīnadasamudrāṃś ca kṣubhitān kaluṣodakān |
taret kalyāṇalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||

1931 ed. 1.29.80
urago vā jalauko vā bhramaro vā'pi yaṃ daśet |
ārogyaṃ nirdiśettasya dhanalābhaṃ ca buddhimān ||

1931 ed. 1.29.81
evaṃrūpān śubhān svapnān yaḥ paśyed vyādhito naraḥ |
sa dīrghāyur iti jñeyas tasmai karma samācaret ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyo nāmaikonatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

triṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.30.1
athātaḥ pañcendriyārthavipratipattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.30.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.30.3
śarīraśīlayor yasya prakṛter vikṛtir bhavet |
tat tva riṣṭaṃ samāsena vyāsatas tu nibodha me ||

1931 ed. 1.30.4
śṛṇoti vividhān śabdān yo divyānām abhāvataḥ |
samudrapurameghānām asaṃpattau ca niḥsvanān ||

1931 ed. 1.30.5
tān svanānnāvagṛhṇāti manyate cānyaśabdavat |
grāmyāraṇyasvanāṃś cāpi viparītān śṛṇoti ca ||

1931 ed. 1.30.6
dviṣacchabdeṣu ramate suhṛcchabdeṣu kupyati |
na śṛṇoti ca yo 'kasmāttaṃ bruvanti gatāyuṣam ||

1931 ed. 1.30.7
yas tūṣṇam iva gṛhṇāti śītamuṣṇaṃ ca śītavat |
saṃjātaśītapiḍako yaś ca dāhena pīḍyate ||

1931 ed. 1.30.8
uṣṇagātro 'timātraṃ ca yaḥ śītena pravepate |
prahārān nābhijānāti yo 'ṅgacchedamathāpi vā ||

1931 ed. 1.30.9
pāṃśunevāvakīrṇāni yaś ca gātrāṇi manyate |
varṇānyatā vā rājyo vā yasya gātre bhavanti hi ||

1931 ed. 1.30.10
snātānuliptaṃ yaṃ cāpi bhajante nīlamakṣikāḥ |
sugandhirvā'ti yo 'kasmāt taṃ bruvanti gatāyuṣam ||

1931 ed. 1.30.11
viparītena gṛhṇāti rasān yaś copayojitān |
upayuktāḥ kramādyasya rasā doṣābhivṛddhaye ||

1931 ed. 1.30.12
yasya doṣāgnisāmyaṃ ca kuryur mithyopayojitāḥ |
yo vā rasān na saṃvetti gatāsuṃ taṃ pracakṣate ||

1931 ed. 1.30.13
sugandhaṃ vetti durgandhaṃ durgandhasya sugandhitām |
gṛhṇīte vā 'nyathā gandhaṃ śānte dīpe ca nīrujaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.30.14
yo vā gandhān na jānāti gatāsuṃ taṃ vinirdiśet |
dvandvānyuṣṇahimādīni kālāvasthā diśas tathā ||

1931 ed. 1.30.15
viparītena gṛhṇāti bhāvān anyāṃś ca yo naraḥ |
divā jyotīṃṣi yaś cāpi jvalitānīva paśyati ||

1931 ed. 1.30.16
rātrau sūryaṃ jvalantaṃ vā divā vā candravarcasam |
ameghopaplave yaś ca śakracāpataḍidguṇān ||

1931 ed. 1.30.17
taḍittvato 'sitān yo vā nirmale gagane ghanān |
vimānayānaprāsādair yaś ca saṃkulamambaram ||

1931 ed. 1.30.18
yaś cānilaṃ mūrtimantam antarikṣaṃ ca paśyati |
dhūmanīhāravāsobhir āvṛtām iva medinīm ||

1931 ed. 1.30.19
pradīptam iva lokaṃ ca yo vā plutam ivāmbhasā |
bhūmim aṣṭāpadākārāṃ lekhābhir yaś ca paśyati ||

1931 ed. 1.30.20
na paśyati sanakṣatrāṃ yaś cā devīm arundhatīm |
dhruvam ākāśagaṅgāṃ vā taṃ vadanti gatāyuṣam ||

1931 ed. 1.30.21
jyotsnādarśoṣṇatoyeṣu chāyāṃ yaś ca na paśyati |
paśyaty ekāṅgahīnāṃ vā vikṛtāṃ vā'nyasattvajām ||

1931 ed. 1.30.22
śvakākakaṅkagṛdhrāṇāṃ pretānāṃ yakṣarakṣasām |
piśācoraganāgānāṃ bhūtānāṃ vikṛtām api ||

1931 ed. 1.30.23
yo vā mayūrakaṇṭhābhaṃ vidhūmaṃ vahnim īkṣate |
āturasya bhaven mṛtyuḥ svastho vyādhim āvāpnuyāt ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne pañcendriyārthavipratipattir nāma triṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.31.1
athātaś chāyāvipratipattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.3
śyāvā lohitikā nīlā pītikā vā'pi mānavam |
abhidravanti yaṃ chāyāḥ sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.4
hrīr apakramate yasya prabhādhṛtismṛtiśriyaḥ |
akasmād yaṃ bhajante vā sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.5
yasyādharauṣṭhaḥ patitaḥ kṣiptaś cordhvaṃ tathottaraḥ |
ubhau vā jāmbavābhāsau durlabhaṃ tasya jīvitam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.6
āraktā daśanā yasya śyāvā vā syuḥ patanti vā |
khañjanapratimā vā'pi taṃ gatāyuṣam ādiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.31.7
kṛṣṇā stabdhā'valiptā vā jihvā śūnā ca yasya vai |
karkaśā vā bhavedyasya so 'cirād vijahāty asūn ||

1931 ed. 1.31.8
kuṭilā sphuṭitā vā'pi śuṣkā vā yasya nāsikā |
avasphūrjati magnā vā na sa jīvati mānavaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.9
saṃkṣipte viṣame stabdhe rakte sraste ca locane |
syātāṃ vā prasrute yasya sa gatāyurnaro dhruvam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.10
keśāḥ sīmantino yasya saṃkṣipte vinate bhruvau |
lunanti cākṣipakṣmāṇi so 'cirādyāti mṛtyave ||

1931 ed. 1.31.11
nāharaty annam āsyasthaṃ na dhārayati yaḥ śiraḥ |
ekāgradṛṣṭir mūḍhātmā sadyaḥ prāṇān jahāti saḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.12
balavān durbalo vā'pi saṃmohaṃ yo 'dhigacchati |
utthāpyamāno bahuśastaṃ pakvaṃ bhiṣagādiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.31.13
uttānaḥ sarvadā śete pādau vikurute ca yaḥ |
viprasāraṇaśīlo vā na sa jīvati mānavaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.14
śītapādakarocchvāsaś chinnocchvāsaś ca yo bhavet |
kākocchvāsaś ca yo martyas taṃ dhīraḥ parivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.31.15
nidrā na chidyate yasya yo vā jāgarti sarvadā |
muhyed vā vaktukāmaś ca pratyākhyeyaḥ sa jānatā ||

1931 ed. 1.31.16
uttarauṣṭhaṃ ca yo lihyād utkārāṃś ca karoti yaḥ |
pretair vā bhāṣate sārdhaṃ pretarūpaṃ tam ādiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.31.17
svebhyaḥ saromakūpebhyo yasya raktaṃ pravartate |
puruṣasyāviṣārtasya sadyo jahyāt sa jīvitam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.18
vātāṣṭhīlā tu hṛdaye yasyor dhvam anuyāyinī |
rujā'nnavidveṣakarī sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.19
ananyopadravakṛtaḥ śophaḥ pādasamutthitaḥ |
puruṣaṃ hanti nārīṃ tu mukhajo guhyajo dvayam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.20
atisāro jvaro hikkā chardiḥ śūnāṇḍameḍhratā |
śvāsinaḥ kāsino vā'pi yasya taṃ kṣīṇam ādiśet ||

1931 ed. 1.31.21
svedo dāhaś ca balavān hikkā śvāsaś ca mānavam |
balavantam api prāṇair viyuñjanti na saṃśayaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.22
śyāvā jihvā bhaved yasya savyaṃ cākṣi nimajjati |
mukhaṃ ca jāyate pūti yasya taṃ parivarjayet ||

1931 ed. 1.31.23
vaktram āpūryate 'śrubhiḥ svidyataś caraṇāv ubhau |
cakṣuś cākulatāṃ yāti yamarāṣṭraṃ gamiṣyataḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.24
atimātraṃ laghūni syur gātrāṇi gurukāṇi vā |
yasyākasmāt sa vijñeyo gantā vaivasvatālayam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.25
paṅkamatsyavasātailaghṛtagandhāṃś ca ye narāḥ |
mṛṣṭagandhāṃś ca ye vānti gantāras te yamālayam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.26
yūkā lalāṭam āyānti baliṃ nāśnanti vāyasāḥ |
yeṣāṃ vā'pi ratir nāsti yātāras te yamālayam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.27
jvarātisāraśophāḥ syur yasyānyonyāvasādinaḥ |
prakṣīṇabalamāṃsasya nāsau śakyaś cikitsitum ||

1931 ed. 1.31.28
kṣīṇasya yasya kṣuttṛṣṇe hṛdyair miṣṭair hitais tathā |
na śāmyato 'nnapānaiś ca tasya mṛtyur upasthitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.29
pravāhikā śiraḥśūlaṃ koṣṭhaśūlaṃ ca dāruṇam |
pipāsā balahāniś ca tasya mṛtyur upasthitaḥ ||

1931 ed. 1.31.30
viṣameṇopacāreṇa karmabhiś ca purākṛtaiḥ |
anityatvāc ca jantūnāṃ jīvitaṃ nidhanaṃ vrajet ||

1931 ed. 1.31.31
pretā bhūtāḥ piśācāś ca rakṣāṃsi vividhāni ca |
maraṇābhimukhaṃ nityam upasarpanti mānavam ||

1931 ed. 1.31.32
tāni bheṣajavīryāṇi pratighnanti jighāṃsayā |
tasmān moghāḥ kriyāḥ sarvā bhavanty eva gatāyuṣām ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne chāyāvipratipattirnāmaikatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

	Select all
	A1938 Printed edition: Ācārya 1938: Sūtrasthāna 1-31
	L MS London BL/IOLR Taylor 1842: Sūtrasthāna 12
	K MS Kathmandu KL 699: Sūtrasthāna 1-31
	N MS Kathmandu NAK 1-1079: Sūtrasthāna 1-31
	H MS Kathmandu NAK 5-333: Sūtrasthāna 1-31
	NE The Nepalese Version of the Suśrutasaṃhitā, Sūtrasthāna 1-31, based on the Nepalese MSS

<pc>
<abbr>
<add>
<cb>
<choice>
<corr>
<del>
<damage>
<emph>
<ex>
<expan>
<foreign>
<gap>
<head>
<hi>
<l>
<label>
<lb>
<lg>
<milestone>
<note>
<num>
<pb>
<ptr>
<seg>
<unclear>
<g>
<anchor>
<locus>
<metamark>
<orig>
<retrace>
<sic>
<space>
<subst>
<supplied>
<surplus>
<caesura>
<sub>
<sup>
<app>
<lem>
<rdg>
comments

	ignore abbreviation sign ⌜॰⌟
	ignore addition sign
	ignore avagrahas ⌜'⌟
	ignore brackets
	ignore commas
	ignore daṇḍas
	ignore empty śirorekhā ⌜¯⌟
	ignore exclamation mark ⌜!⌟
	ignore explicit hiatus ⌜_⌟
	ignore hyphens and dashes
	ignore line fillers ⌜¦꣹𑑛𑑎⌟
	ignore middot ⌜·⌟
	ignore numbers
	ignore puṣpikās ⌜꣸❈⌟
	ignore periods/ellipses
	ignore question mark
	ignore quotation marks
	ignore colon
	ignore semi-colon
	ignore slashes

	filter geminated t
	filter geminated consonants after r
	filter geminated m after h
	filter geminated aspirated consonants
	filter ṭh written as ṭ (some scripts)
	filter final nasal variants
	filter internal nasal variants
	filter visarga āḥ variants
	filter visarga aḥ before voiced consonants
	filter visarga aḥ before vowels
	filter other visarga variants
	filter internal visarga variants
	filter Vedic visarga variants
	filter final au/āv
	filter selected final anusvāra variants
	filter all final anusvāra variants (Malayālam, etc.)
	filter sth written as sch (some scripts)
	filter kcch/kś
	filter cch/ch/cś/tś
	filter final t + voiced syllable
	filter final t + n/m
	filter final t + c/j
	filter sya,tra,ma before iti
	filter a a/ā
	filter -ena,-sya + u-
	filter i i/ī
	filter ā + iti
	filter e/a + i
	filter i/y + vowel
	filter l and ḻ
	filter pṛṣṭhamātrā e (Devanāgarī)
	filter pṛṣṭhamātrā ai (Devanāgarī)
	filter pṛṣṭhamātrā o (Devanāgarī)
	filter pṛṣṭhamātrā au (Devanāgarī)
	filter b written as v (some scripts)
	filter dbh written as bhd (some scripts)
	filter śa written as sa (some scripts)
	filter valapalagilaka (Telugu)

User Tools